Category: Taxation

  • MIL-OSI USA: Rep. Peters Urges Fiscal Responsibility and Against Healthcare Cuts in Republican Tax Plan Committee Consideration

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congressman Scott Peters (52nd District of California)

     

    [embedded content]

    Washington D.C. – Today, at an Energy & Commerce Committee meeting on the Republican tax plan, Representative Scott Peters (CA-50) urged his colleagues to not go through with their extreme cuts to Medicaid and the Affordable Care Act to pay for tax cuts to wealthy individuals and corporations that do not need them. The Republican plan, which will not reduce the federal debt or deficit, would kick 13.7 million people off of their health insurance according to a new analysis by the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office.

    During his remarks, Rep. Peters also shared the story of his constituent, Jesus Acosta, who is an in-home care provider for his mother who was disabled after being hit by a car. Without Medicaid funding, Jesus would no longer be able to provide this care and pay the bills that keep their family together in their home.

    Rep. Peters began his remarks by stating, “This Committee has no jurisdiction over taxes, but let’s be honest with the American people. Taxes are the real reason we’re here. Over in the Ways & Means Committee, they are marking up what will be one of the most expensive tax bills in history. When Republicans originally passed the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, they designed many of the individual and some business tax provisions to expire this year. That’s because even back then, Republicans knew making the tax cuts permanent would cost the United States trillions in revenue we desperately need to pay our expenses. Making those tax cuts permanent now is no less costly.

    He continued, “The bill before us will decimate Medicaid, which provides health insurance to nearly 72 million people nationwide. In every congressional district across the country, Medicaid supports health care for children, Americans with disabilities, and working people who are already struggling to keep up. Cutting health coverage for our most vulnerable neighbors will not make America healthier, it will make us sicker.”

    And he concluded, “Don’t buy their fiscal responsibility act. Republicans are proposing these painful cuts to programs that help everyday Americans not to lower our debt but just so President Trump can follow through on his campaign promise to give his donors, who he himself said were already “rich as hell,” even more money in tax cuts. When the government borrows more, inflation goes up and working people suffer at the grocery store, gas pump, and when they pay for utilities. Higher federal borrowing drives up interest rates and makes it harder for people to buy a home, start a business, or pay down credit cards.  All this now in addition to depriving so many Americans of basic health care.”

    CA-50 Medicaid Facts:

    • 156,100 people in the district rely on Medicaid for health coverage—that’s 20 percent of all district residents.
      • 34,700 children in the district are covered by Medicaid.
      • 17,700 seniors in the district are covered by Medicaid.
      • 64,900 adults in the district have Medicaid coverage through Medicaid expansion—that includes pregnant women who are able to access prenatal care sooner because of Medicaid expansion, parents, caretakers, veterans, people with substance use disorder and mental health treatment needs, and people with chronic conditions and disabilities.
    • At least five hospitals in the district had negative operating margins in 2022. These hospitals would be especially hard-hit by cuts to Medicaid. For example:
      • Scripps Mercy Hospital had a negative 25.3 percent operating margin—and nearly 22 percent of its revenue came from Medicaid.
      • Sharp Coronado Hospital had a negative 3.5 percent operating margin—and over 36 percent of its revenue came from Medicaid.
      • University of California San Diego Medical Center had a negative 2.4 percent operating margin—and nearly 19 percent of its revenue came from Medicaid.
    • There are 54 health center delivery sites in the district that serve 529,944 patients.
    • Those health centers and patients rely on Medicaid—statewide, 69 percent of health center patients rely on Medicaid for coverage.
    • Health centers will not be able to stay open and provide the same care that they do today, with more uninsured and underinsured patients. They are already operating on thin margins—in 2023, nationally, nearly half of health centers had negative operating margins.
    • Medicaid cuts put health centers at risk, including:
      • Family Health Centers of San Diego
      • Neighborhood Healthcare
      • North County Health Project
      • San Diego American Indian Health Centers
      • St. Vincent De Paul Village

     Jesus’s Story:

    Jesus Acosta is a home care provider and member of United Domestic Workers, UDW/AFSCME, in San Diego. Jesus became a care provider after his mother was tragically hit by a car, leaving her disabled. She was a single mother who worked hard to provide for Jesus and his siblings. After her accident, Jesus felt it was his responsibility to care for the woman who always cared for him — and he’s proud to do it.

    Jesus became his mother’s full time care provider in 2016. The responsibilities that come with her care — medication management, feeding her, bathing her, taking her to doctor’s appointments, helping her with her physical therapy and to live a fulfilling life with her family — has made it difficult for Jesus to maintain full-time employment. But he is able to take care of himself and pay the bills for his family thanks to Medicaid. The program also pays for his mother’s wheelchair and doctors’ visits. Without Medicaid funding, Jesus and his family would likely have to move out of their home and they would be separated

    Rep. Peters’ Full Remarks as Prepared for Delivery:

    Jesus is one of my constituents from San Diego. His mother was tragically hit by a car, leaving her disabled.

    Jesus became his mother’s full time care provider in 2016. He manages her medications, feeds her, bathes her, takes her to doctor appointments, and helps with her physical therapy.

    If these Medicaid cuts take effect, this work – this very had work — will not meet the so-called work requirements Republicans want to impose. Jesus and his family would likely have to move out of their home and live separated, and they will lose their health care.

    Mr. Chairman, this Committee has no jurisdiction over taxes, but let’s be honest with the American people. Taxes are the real reason we’re here.

    Over in the Ways & Means Committee, they are marking up what will be one of the most expensive tax bills in history.

    When Republicans originally passed the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, they designed many of the individual and some business tax provisions to expire this year.

    That’s because even back then, Republicans knew making the tax cuts permanent would cost the United States trillions in revenue we desperately need to pay our expenses. Making those tax cuts permanent now is no less costly.

    Yet, that’s what we are being asked to do today.  The Budget Committee instructed the Ways and Means Committee to cut taxes by $4.5 trillion and has asked our committee to come up with $880 billion in cuts to make up the shortfall.  That’s it. That’s what this is about.

    To do that, the bill before us will decimate Medicaid, which provides health insurance to nearly 72 million people nationwide.

    In every congressional district across the country, Medicaid supports health care for children, Americans with disabilities, and working people who are already struggling to keep up.

    Cutting health coverage for our most vulnerable neighbors will not make America healthier, it will make us sicker.

    At home I hear from people concerned about national debt and deficits and they say to me, “hey Scott we have to make cuts to address the deficit.”  But that is not what is happening here.  Because Republicans will continue to run $2 trillion annual budget deficits and we will see the national debt grow from 36 to 38 to 40 to 42 trillion.  And they will vote for a $5 trillion increase in the debt limit to make this borrowing possible, even though many of them swore a blood oath that they’d never vote to increase the debt.  They will enact a budget that according to the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget will increase the federal debt by $37 trillion over 30 years. 

    Don’t buy their fiscal responsibility act. Republicans are proposing these painful cuts to programs that help everyday Americans not to lower our debt but just so President Trump can follow through on his campaign promise to give his donors, who he himself said were already “rich as hell,” even more money in tax cuts.

    When the government borrows more, inflation goes up and working people suffer at the grocery store, gas pump, and when they pay for utilities. Higher federal borrowing drives up interest rates and makes it harder for people to buy a home, start a business, or pay down credit cards.  All this now in addition to depriving so many Americans of basic health care.

    I urge my colleagues to vote no.

    Thank you, I yield back.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Russia: IMF Reaches Staff-Level Agreement with Cabo Verde on the Sixth Review under the Extended Credit Facility (ECF) and the Third Review under the Resilience and Sustainability Facility (RSF) Arrangement

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    May 13, 2025

    • IMF staff and Cabo Verdean authorities reached a staff-level agreement on the sixth ECF review and third RSF review, and a fifteen-month extension of both arrangements with an augmentation equivalent to thirty percent of quota under the extended ECF.
    • The ECF-supported program aims to strengthen public finances, ensure debt sustainability, minimize fiscal risks from public enterprises, modernize monetary policy, and raise potential growth. The RSF supports government climate reforms and catalyzes private climate finance. Extension to December 2026 supports the continued success of the authorities’ economic policy and reform agenda.
    • All end-December 2024 ECF structural benchmarks (SB) and quantitative performance criteria (PCs) were met. The implementation of reform measures (RMs) under the RSF has been progressing, but some reforms will take more time than expected.

    Praia, Cabo Verde: An International Monetary Fund (IMF) team led by Mr. Martin Schindler held meetings with the Cabo Verdean authorities during May 5 – 13, 2025, to discuss the sixth review under the Extended Credit Facility (ECF) arrangement, the third review under the Resilience and Sustainability Facility (RSF) arrangement, and economic policies and reforms to be supported under an extension of both arrangements. Access under the existing ECF is 190 percent of quota (SDR 45.03 million, approximately US$ 63.3 million) and access under the RSF is 100 percent of quota (SDR 23.69 million, approximately US$ 31.69 million). The augmentation of 30 percent of quota (SDR 7.11 million) will bring the total ECF arrangement to SDR 52.14 million.

    At the conclusion of the mission, Mr. Schindler issued the following statement:

    “I am pleased to announce that the IMF team and the Cabo Verdean authorities reached staff-level agreements on the policies needed to complete the sixth review under the ECF-supported program and the third review of the RSF arrangement as well as on economic policies and reforms that could be supported by an extension. Upon approval by the IMF’s Executive Board, completion of the sixth ECF review will allow disbursement of SDR 4.51 million (approximately US$ 6.09 million), while the completion of the third RSF review will allow disbursement of up to SDR 7.896 million (approximately US$ 10.66 million), depending on reform progress under the RSF.

    “Cabo Verde’s economy continues to perform well, underpinned by tourism, robust export performance and private consumption growth. Increasing the execution of the government’s capital budget would enhance potential growth. Economic growth in 2024 was strong at 7.3 percent, with 1.0 percent inflation and a current account surplus. The 2024 fiscal balance exceeded program targets, driven by lower primary expenditures and strong tax revenue growth. The public debt-to-GDP ratio continues to decline.

    “All end-December 2024 structural benchmarks (SB) and quantitative performance criteria (PCs) were met. The implementation of reform measures (RMs) under the RSF has been progressing, but some reforms will take more time than expected.

    “Cabo Verde’s economic outlook remains solid. GDP growth in 2025 is projected at 5.2 percent, while inflation is expected to converge to about 2 percent in 2025 and over the medium-term, broadly in line with euro area inflation. The current account balance is projected to gradually return to a deficit of 1.3 percent of GDP in 2025, and then stabilize at around -3.5 percent over the medium term.

    “Fiscal performance is forecast to be strong in 2025. Cabo Verde aims to maintain a fiscal path aligned with debt reduction goals, targeting a higher primary balance than foreseen under the previous review. Tax revenue is expected to increase reflecting ongoing tax reforms.

    “The mission welcomed the BCV’s Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) decision to raise the deposit rate by 30 basis points to 2.25 percent to fully close the gap with the ECB. Continued data-driven adjustments in monetary policy may be needed to protect the exchange rate peg and appropriate reserves buffers. Data for end-March 2025 suggests that the financial system is liquid, profitable, and well capitalized.

    “The macroeconomic outlook remains favorable but is subject to substantial downside risks. Cabo Verde is vulnerable to external shocks, including in energy, food prices, and tourism, especially in the context of heightened uncertainties in global trade frameworks. A global growth slowdown and supply chain disruptions would have a negative impact on tourism, inflation, and growth. Climate-related risks, such as rising sea levels and extreme weather events, pose long-term threats to infrastructure and economic stability. Delays in SOE reforms and increasing public debt could undermine fiscal sustainability. On the upside, continued strength in tourist arrivals could lift growth. Legislative and Presidential elections will take place in 2026.

    “The IMF team is grateful to the Cabo Verdean authorities and other stakeholders for the productive discussions, hospitality, and candid discussions.”

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Kwabena Akuamoah-Boateng

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/05/13/pr25144-cabo-verde-imf-reaches-sla-on-the-6th-rev-under-the-ecf-and-3rd-rev-under-the-rsf-arr

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI USA: ICE St. Paul targets unauthorized employment, arrests illegal aliens in rural South Dakota

    Source: US Immigration and Customs Enforcement

    SIOUX FALLS, S.D. — U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, with support from the FBI, Internal Revenue Service, Drug Enforcement Administration, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, U.S. Marshals Service, U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s Air and Marine Operations, Madison Police Department, South Dakota Highway Patrol, and the South Dakota Division of Criminal Investigation, conducted a worksite enforcement criminal investigation in Madison May 13. Eight illegal aliens were arrested during the operation.

    The multiagency investigation took place at Manitou Equipment America and Global Polymer Industries, resulting in a total of eight arrests. At Manitou, three illegal aliens, two from Nicaragua and one from El Salvador, were arrested. At Global, five illegal aliens, three from Nicaragua and two from Guatemala, were arrested. All eight individuals are currently being held by ICE pending removal proceedings.

    “Worksite enforcement remains a critical component of our mission to uphold the law and protect the integrity of the U.S. labor market. Employers who knowingly hire individuals without legal work authorization not only undermine our nation’s immigration laws but also exploit vulnerable populations,” said ICE Homeland Security Investigations St. Paul Special Agent in Charge Jamie Holt. “These enforcement actions make it clear: illegal hiring practices aren’t limited to major metropolitan areas – they are happening in small towns across rural America, and we will continue to hold violators accountable, wherever they operate.”

    ICE officials emphasized the agency’s continued focus on identifying public safety and national security threats. Individuals unlawfully present in the United States who are encountered during enforcement operations may be taken into custody and processed for removal in accordance with federal law.

    Members of the public with information about suspected immigration violations or related criminal activity are encouraged to contact the ICE Tip Line at 866-DHS-2-ICE (866-347-2423) or submit information online via the ICE Tip Form.

    For more information about ICE HSI St. Paul and its efforts to enhance public safety in Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota, follow on X at @HSISaintPaul.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Capstone Infrastructure Corporation Reports First Quarter Results and Declares a Quarterly Dividend

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Toronto, Ontario, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Capstone Infrastructure Corporation (TSX: CSE.PR.A) (the “Corporation” or “Capstone”) today announced and filed its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025. The Corporation’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) for the first quarter of 2025 and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are available at www.capstoneinfrastructure.com and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca. Capstone’s MD&A details the “Results of Operations” and provides a “Financial Position Review” for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Dividend Declarations

    Today, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend on the Corporation’s Cumulative Five-Year Rate Reset Preferred Shares, Series A (the “Preferred Shares”) of $0.2314 per Preferred Share to be paid on or about July 31, 2025 to shareholders of record at the close of business on July 15, 2025. The dividend on the Preferred Shares covers the period from April 30, 2025 to July 30, 2025.

    The dividends paid by the Corporation on its Preferred Shares are designated “eligible” dividends for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada). An enhanced dividend tax credit applies to eligible dividends paid to Canadian residents.

    About Capstone Infrastructure Corporation

    Capstone is generating our low-carbon future, driving the energy transition forward through creative thinking, strong partnerships, and a commitment to quality and integrity in how we do business. A developer, owner, and operator of clean and renewable energy projects across North America, Capstone’s portfolio includes approximately 885 MW gross installed capacity across 35 facilities, including wind, solar, hydro, biomass, and natural gas power plants. Please visit www.capstoneinfrastructure.com for more information.

    Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain of the statements contained within this document are forward-looking and reflect management’s expectations regarding the future growth, results of operations, performance and business of the Corporation based on information currently available to the Corporation. Forward-looking statements are provided for the purpose of presenting information about management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future and readers are cautioned that such statements may not be appropriate for other purposes. These statements use forward-looking words, such as “anticipate”, “continue”, “could”, “expect”, “may”, “will”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “believe” or other similar words. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements and, accordingly, should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results. The forward-looking statements within this document are based on information currently available and what the Corporation currently believes are reasonable assumptions, including the material assumptions set out in the management’s discussion and analysis of the results of operations and the financial condition of the Corporation (“MD&A”) for the year ended December 31, 2024, as updated in subsequently filed MD&A of the Corporation (such documents are available under the Corporation’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca).

    Although the Corporation believes that it has a reasonable basis for the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements, actual results may differ from those suggested by the forward-looking statements due to inherent risks and uncertainties. For a comprehensive description of these risk factors, please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of the Corporation’s Annual Information Form dated March 21, 2025, as supplemented by disclosure of risk factors contained in any subsequent annual information form, material change reports (except confidential material change reports), business acquisition reports, interim financial statements, interim management’s discussion and analysis and information circulars filed by the Corporation with the securities commissions or similar authorities in Canada (which are available under the Corporation’s SEDAR+ profile at www.sedarplus.ca).

    The assumptions, risks and uncertainties described above are not exhaustive and other events and risk factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the results and events discussed in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements within this document reflect current expectations of the Corporation as at the date of this document and speak only as at the date of this document. Except as may be required by applicable law, the Corporation does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reconciliation Recommendations of the House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure

    Source: US Congressional Budget Office

    Legislation Summary

    H. Con. Res. 14, the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2025, instructed the House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure to recommend legislative changes that would decrease deficits by a specific amount over the 2025-2034 period. As part of the reconciliation process, the House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure approved legislation on April 30, 2025, with provisions that would decrease deficits.

    Estimated Federal Cost

    In CBO’s estimation, the reconciliation recommendations of the House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure would decrease deficits by $36.6 billion over the 2025‑2034 period. The estimated budgetary effects of the legislation are shown in Table 1. The costs of the legislation fall within budget functions 400 (transportation), 500 (education, training, employment, and social services), 700 (veterans benefits and services), and 800 (general government).

    Return to Reference

    Table 1.

    Estimated Budgetary Effects of Reconciliation Recommendations Title X, House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases or Decreases (-) in Direct Spending

       

    Budget Authority

    28,780

    67

    -36

    -35

    -35

    -36

    -35

    -35

    -35

    -35

    28,741

    28,565

    Estimated Outlays

    -612

    537

    1,643

    3,810

    5,061

    4,389

    3,925

    3,675

    3,355

    1,975

    10,439

    27,758

     

    Increases in Revenues

       

    Estimated Revenues

    0

    423

    1,742

    3,405

    5,230

    7,064

    8,815

    10,660

    12,556

    14,414

    10,800

    64,309

     

    Net Increase or Decrease (-) in the Deficit

    From Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues

       

    Effect on the Deficit

    -612

    114

    -99

    405

    -169

    -2,675

    -4,890

    -6,985

    -9,201

    -12,439

    -361

    -36,551

    Basis of Estimate

    For this estimate, CBO assumes that the legislation will be enacted in summer 2025. CBO’s estimates are relative to its January 2025 baseline and cover the period from 2025 through 2034. Outlays of appropriated amounts were estimated using historical obligation and spending rates for similar programs. CBO’s estimate incorporates administrative and judicial action as of April 10, 2025, the date that H. Con. Res. 14 was approved by the Congress.

    Direct Spending

    Enacting the bill would increase direct spending by $27.8 billion over the 2025-2034 period (see Table 2), CBO estimates. Most of that amount would result from specified direct appropriations for activities of the Coast Guard and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), offset by a reduction in direct spending from funds rescinded from transportation projects and programs involving federal buildings.

    Coast Guard Assets Necessary to Secure the Maritime Border and Interdict Migrants and Drugs

    Section 100001 would appropriate $21.2 billion for the Coast Guard to acquire, procure, and improve equipment and facilities, as follows:

    • $14.6 billion for vessels, including offshore patrol cutters, polar security cutters, and arctic security cutters;
    • $3.2 billion for shoreside infrastructure;
    • $2.0 billion for aircraft; and
    • $1.5 billion for other activities, including $500 million to acquire, procure, or construct a floating dry dock at the Coast Guard Yard in Baltimore, Maryland.

    Based on historical spending patterns for similar projects, and using information from the Coast Guard, CBO estimates that enacting section 100001 would increase outlays by $19.6 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Changes to Mandatory Benefits Programs to Allow Selected Reserve Orders for Preplanned Missions to Secure Maritime Borders and Interdict Persons and Drugs

    Section 100002 would authorize the Coast Guard to place members of the Selected Reserve on active duty under certain circumstances. That time would count toward the reservists’ entitlement for benefits under the Post-9/11 GI Bill; those benefits are paid from mandatory appropriations. Accounting for the increased benefits some reservists and their dependents would receive and using information from the Coast Guard, CBO estimates that each year, 250 reservists, on average, would accrue about six months of additional active duty that would be counted toward their eligibility.

    Using information from the Department of Veterans Affairs, CBO estimates that the longer time reservists spend on active duty would increase direct spending by $9 million over the 2025-2034 period.

    Vessel Tonnage Duties

    Section 100003 would increase tonnage duties on vessels entering the United States. Those charges are levied by Customs and Border Protection and recorded in the budget as offsetting receipts (that is, as reductions in direct spending). In general, the bill would increase tonnage duty rates by 125 percent relative to rates under current law. In 2024, the government collected about $33 million in such charges.

    CBO estimates that the higher rate would increase collections (and reduce direct spending) by about $38 million per year relative to current law, totaling $343 million over the 2025‑2034 period.

    Registration Fee on Motor Vehicles

    Section 100004 would appropriate $104 million in 2026 to support states as they implement systems for collecting registration fees for electric and hybrid vehicles. Those collections are discussed below in the section on Revenues.

    Based on historical spending patterns for similar programs, CBO estimates that enacting this section would increase outlays by $102 million over the 2025-2034 period.

    Motor Carrier Data

    Section 100006 would appropriate $5 million to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) to create a public website for tracking motor carriers’ compliance with the agency’s operating requirements. The provision also would allow FMCSA to collect fees from entities that access the website, which could be spent without further appropriation. Those collections are discussed below in the section on Revenues.

    CBO estimates that enacting this section would increase outlays by $20 million over the 2025-2034 period, reflecting spending of the direct appropriation ($5 million) and the collected fees ($15 million).

    Rescissions

    Section 100007 would rescind funds from seven programs established under the 2022 reconciliation act with the following purposes:

    • Support development of sustainable aviation fuel;
    • Support projects to improve walkability, safety, and transportation access in disadvantaged communities;
    • Convert General Services Administration (GSA) facilities to high-performing green buildings;
    • Install low-carbon materials in GSA facilities;
    • Support use of emerging technologies for environmental programs in GSA facilities;
    • Support environmental review for transportation projects; and
    • Support development of low-carbon transportation materials.

    CBO estimates that enacting this section would reduce budget authority by $5.2 billion and outlays by $4 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Air Traffic Control Staffing and Modernization

    Section 100008 would appropriate $12.5 billion for the FAA to construct, acquire, improve, and operate various facilities and equipment as follows:

    • $7.8 billion for radar and telecommunications systems;
    • $2.2 billion for air traffic control facilities;
    • $1.0 billion for air traffic controller recruitment, retention, and training; and
    • $1.6 billion for other activities, including runway safety projects and unstaffed infrastructure.

    Based on historical spending patterns for similar projects and using information from the FAA, CBO estimates that enacting this section would increase outlays by $12.0 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Appropriations

    Section 100009 would appropriate $257 million for the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, increasing outlays by the same amount over the 2025-2034 period.

    Revenues

    Enacting the bill would increase revenues by $64 billion over the 2025-2034 period (see CBO estimates that enacting sections 100004 and 100005 would increase revenues, on net, by $64 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Motor Carrier Data

    Section 100006 would authorize FMCSA to charge an annual fee of $100 for access to a website that would track motor carriers’ compliance with FMCSA’s operating requirements. Under the provision, brokers and similar entities would be considered to have exercised reasonable and prudent care in engaging motor carriers if they use the website to verify a carrier’s compliance status.

    When they are collected by the federal government under its sovereign authority, fees are considered revenues. CBO considers a determination that an entity has acted in a “reasonable and prudent” manner as a matter of law to be an exercise of sovereign authority, so those access fees would be considered revenues.

    Based on expected participation rates, and accounting for the offset for indirect taxes, CBO estimates that the collection of access fees would increase federal revenues, on net, by $12 million over the 2025-2034 period.

    Uncertainty

    Many of CBO’s estimates for the budgetary effects of enacting title X are subject to uncertainty because they rely on underlying projections and other estimates that are themselves difficult to estimate.

    Several areas in particular are difficult to estimate:

    • The amounts collected in tonnage duties under section 100003 could vary from CBO’s estimates because the volume of goods imported into the United States is uncertain. CBO also cannot predict changes in tariffs or certain other factors that would affect the volume of imported goods.
    • Revenues collected for registrations of electric and hybrid vehicles under section 100004 could differ from estimated amounts if states begin to collect fees more quickly or slowly than CBO expects, or if there are more or fewer registrations than expected under current law.

    Pay-As-You-Go Considerations

    The Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010 establishes budget-reporting and enforcement procedures for legislation affecting direct spending or revenues. The net changes in outlays and revenues that are subject to those pay-as-you-go procedures are shown in Chief, Income Security Cost Estimates Unit

    Ann E. Futrell
    Acting Chief, Natural and Physical Resources Cost Estimates Unit

    David Newman
    Chief, Defense, International Affairs, and Veterans’ Affairs Cost Estimates Unit

    Joshua Shakin
    Chief, Revenue Projections Unit

    Kathleen FitzGerald
    Chief, Public and Private Mandates Unit

    Christina Hawley Anthony
    Deputy Director of Budget Analysis

    H. Samuel Papenfuss 
    Deputy Director of Budget Analysis

    Chad Chirico 
    Director of Budget Analysis

    Phillip L. Swagel

    Director, Congressional Budget Office

    Table 2.

    Estimated Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues Under Reconciliation Recommendations Title X, House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases or Decreases (-) in Direct Spending

       

    Sec. 100001, Coast Guard Assets Necessary to Secure the Maritime Border to Interdict Migrants and Drugs

                     

    Budget Authority

    21,207

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    21,207

    21,207

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    270

    850

    1,760

    2,280

    2,880

    3,020

    3,170

    3,390

    2,010

    5,160

    19,630

    Sec. 100002, Changes to Mandatory Benefits Programs to Allow Selected Reserve Orders for Preplanned Missions to Secure Maritime Borders and Interdict Persons and Drugs

                     

    Budget Authority

    *

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    4

    9

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    1

    4

    9

    Sec. 100003, Vessel Tonnage Duties

                       

    Budget Authority

    *

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -39

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -152

    -343

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -39

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -38

    -152

    -343

    Sec. 100004, Registration Fee on Motor Vehiclesa

                       

    Budget Authority

    0

    104

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    104

    104

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    19

    39

    25

    19

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    102

    102

    Sec. 100006, Motor Carrier Data

                       

    Budget Authority

    5

    0

    1

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    10

    20

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    4

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    2

    10

    20

    Section 100007, Rescissions

                       

    Sec. 100007(a), Repeal of Funding for Alternative Fuel and Low-Emission Aviation Technology Program

                       

    Budget Authority

    -210

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -210

    -210

    Estimated Outlays

    -1

    -47

    -67

    -49

    -39

    -5

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -203

    -208

    Sec. 100007(b), Repeal of Funding for Neighborhood Access and Equity Grant Program

                       

    Budget Authority

    -2,400

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -2,400

    -2,400

    Estimated Outlays

    -181

    -353

    -466

    -407

    -226

    -90

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -1,633

    -1,723

    Sec. 100007(c), Repeal of Funding for Federal Building Assistance

                       

    Budget Authority

    -46

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -46

    -46

    Estimated Outlays

    -11

    -11

    -24

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -46

    -46

    Sec. 100007(d), Repeal of Funding for Use of Low-Carbon Materials for Federal Building Assistance

                       

    Budget Authority

    -421

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -421

    -421

    Estimated Outlays

    -104

    -104

    -213

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -421

    -421

    (Continued)

    Table 2.

    Estimated Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues Under Reconciliation Recommendations Title X, House Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

    (Continued)

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases or Decreases (-) in Direct Spending

       

    Sec. 100007(e), Repeal of Funding for General Services Administration Emerging Technologies

                     

    Budget Authority

    -277

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -277

    -277

    Estimated Outlays

    -175

    -52

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -227

    -227

    Sec. 100007(f), Repeal of Environmental Review Implementation Funds

                       

    Budget Authority

    -55

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -55

    -55

    Estimated Outlays

    -4

    -8

    -11

    -9

    -5

    -2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -37

    -39

    Sec. 100007(g), Repeal of Funding for Low-Carbon Transportation Materials Grants

                     

    Budget Authority

    -1,800

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -1,800

    -1,800

    Estimated Outlays

    -136

    -265

    -349

    -305

    -170

    -68

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -1,225

    -1,293

     

    Subtotal, Sec. 100007

                       
     

    Budget Authority

    -5,209

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -5,209

    -5,209

     

    Estimated Outlays

    -612

    -840

    -1,130

    -770

    -440

    -165

    0

    0

    0

    0

    -3,792

    -3,957

    Sec. 100008, Air Traffic Control Staffing and Modernization

                       

    Budget Authority

    12,520

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    12,520

    12,520

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    1,030

    1,840

    2,780

    3,200

    1,710

    940

    540

    0

    0

    8,850

    12,040

    Sec. 100009, John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Appropriations

                       

    Budget Authority

    257

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    257

    257

    Estimated Outlays

    *

    91

    79

    50

    37

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    257

    257

    Total Changes

                           

    Budget Authority

    28,780

    67

    -36

    -35

    -35

    -36

    -35

    -35

    -35

    -35

    28,741

    28,565

    Estimated Outlays

    -612

    537

    1,643

    3,810

    5,061

    4,389

    3,925

    3,675

    3,355

    1,975

    10,439

    27,758

     

    Increases in Revenues

       

    Sec. 100004, Registration Fee on Motor Vehiclesa

                       

    Estimated Revenues

    0

    423

    1,741

    3,404

    5,229

    7,063

    8,813

    10,658

    12,554

    14,412

    10,797

    64,297

    Sec. 100006, Motor Carrier Data

                       

    Estimated Revenues

    0

    0

    1

    1

    1

    1

    2

    2

    2

    2

    3

    12

    Total Changes

                           

    Estimated Revenues

    0

    423

    1,742

    3,405

    5,230

    7,064

    8,815

    10,660

    12,556

    14,414

    10,800

    64,309

     

    Net Increase or Decrease (-) in the Deficit

    From Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues

       

    Effect on the Deficit

    -612

    114

    -99

    405

    -169

    -2,675

    -4,890

    -6,985

    -9,201

    -12,439

    -361

    -36,551

    a.Includes amounts for section 100005, Deposit of Registration Fee on Motor Vehicles.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Governor Lamont Applauds Connecticut Robotics Teams for National Success, Celebrates Manufacturing Innovation Fund Investment in Youth Talent

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    (HARTFORD, CT) – Governor Ned Lamont today is congratulating ten Connecticut-based teams for advancing to the 2025 FIRST Championship in Houston, Texas – one of the world’s premier STEM competitions – and is highlighting the role of the state’s Manufacturing Innovation Fund (MIF) in helping prepare young talent for careers in advanced manufacturing and engineering.

    This year, seven high school-level FIRST Robotics Competition (FRC) teams from Connecticut represented the state on the national stage. Among them were three rookie teams and four teams from Alliance Districts, which are Connecticut’s thirty highest-need school districts. In total, ten teams across multiple FIRST programs competed from Connecticut, including FIRST LEGO League and FIRST Tech Challenge teams.

    “Young talent is the future of Connecticut’s robust and thriving manufacturing industry,” Governor Lamont said. “These students prove what’s possible when we invest in opportunity. They’re not just building robots, they’re building skills, confidence, and careers. I am very proud of what they’ve accomplished on the world stage. This is what it means to ‘Make It Here.’”

    These positive outcomes reflect the growing impact of the $2.7 million MIF investment administered through the Office of Manufacturing and ReadyCT, which has helped scale robotics programming statewide. The investment directly supports new team creation, equipment, mentorship, and travel – all of which are opening doors for students in underserved communities to gain hands-on experience in design, coding, and collaboration.

    The MIF was established by the General Assembly in 2014 to strengthen Connecticut’s manufacturing sector. Since then, it has supported training programs, technology adoption, and workforce pipeline development to meet evolving industry needs. The robotics program is one of the fund’s key youth engagement strategies.

    “This is exactly what the Manufacturing Innovation Fund is all about,” Paul Lavoie, Connecticut’s chief manufacturing officer, said. “These robotics competitions reflect the foundation of our industry – collaboration, ingenuity, and passion. From funding to mentorship, we’re building the next generation of makers and innovators right here in Connecticut, showing the world that if you can dream it, you can make it here in Connecticut.”

    Among the standout teams were:

    • FRC 7153, Aetos Dios from Manchester – Winner of the FIRST Championship Team Spirit Award
    • FRC 3182, Athena’s Warriors from Hartford – Winner of the Imagery Award in honor of Jack Kamen
    • FLL Challenge 52604, Aluminum Eyas from Pawcatuck – Recipient of the Rising All-Star Award

    Additional teams include:

    • FTC 130, Blazing Spirits from Windsor
    • FTC 7034, Singularity Technology 7024 from Wilton
    • FRC 176, Aces High from Windsor Locks
    • FRC 195, CyberKnights from Southington
    • FRC 230, Gaelhawks from Shelton
    • FRC 5142, RoboDominators from New Haven
    • FRC 7407 Wired Boars from Wallingford

    “The remarkable achievement of seven Connecticut FIRST Robotics teams advancing to the national championship underscores the profound impact of the Manufacturing Innovation Fund’s $2.7 million investment in expanding robotics programs statewide,” Shannon Marimon, executive director of ReadyCT, said. “This strategic support not only enhances STEM education but also cultivates the essential skills – such as teamwork, problem-solving, and innovation – that are vital for building a robust manufacturing workforce for the future.”

    As Connecticut continues to expand its manufacturing ecosystem, programs like FIRST are critical to ensuring that students from all backgrounds see a future for themselves in high-skill, high-wage careers. The success of these teams – especially those from high-need districts and rookie programs – demonstrates the talent and drive that exists across the state.

    To learn more about the MIF and its youth initiatives, visit manufacturing.ct.gov/mif.

     

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Cortez Masto, Wyden Demand Answers from Promoters who Paid Trump Nominee to Sell Investors Fraudulent Tax Credits

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Nevada Cortez Masto
    Washington, D.C. – U.S. Senators Catherine Cortez Masto (D-Nev.) and Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) demanded answers from the promoters of a fraudulent “tribal tax credit,” after they obtained a recording of an investor call showing the scam may be far larger than previously known. Billy Long, Trump’s nominee to lead the IRS, reported earning $65,000 for his work related to the scheme. 
    The call between White River Chief Financial Officer Jay Puchir and 100 or more investors provides new evidence that the company could not provide its own investors with clear proof that the “tribal tax credit” was legitimate. White River could not provide investors with a definitive government document or government point of contact willing to validate or authenticate the legitimacy of the “tribal tax credits” sold by White River.
    The call also contains evidence of a potentially corrupt lobbying scheme between White River and incoming Trump Administration officials to authorize millions in so-called “tribal tax credits” the IRS claimed “do not exist.” During the call, Puchir claims he will use his “contacts” in the new Trump Administration to gain favorable treatment on regulatory approvals from the IRS and other federal agencies, including a potential private letter ruling from the IRS. Puchir also claims to have contacts at the SEC that will help White River get its stock publicly traded again after being delisted on the OTCQB stock market.
    “We believe the investor call contains evidence of a corrupt lobbying scheme between White River and incoming Trump Administration officials to authorize millions in so-called “tribal tax credits” the IRS claims do not exist,” wrote Cortez Masto and Wyden. “During the call, Puchir claims he will use his ‘contacts’ in the new Trump Administration to gain favorable treatment on regulatory approvals from the IRS and other federal agencies, including a potential private letter ruling from the IRS.”
    Last month, the senators called for a criminal investigation into the tax credit scheme, after the IRS informed Democratic Finance Committee Staff that “these tax credits do not exist.” 
    The full text of the letter can be found here.
    As the former top law enforcement official in Nevada, Senator Cortez Masto has been a leading voice fight fraud throughout her career. She sounded the alarm on increasing check fraud scams, which cost consumers millions of dollars each year. She introduced legislation to protect and support whistleblowers reporting wrongdoing to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and her bipartisan legislation to deter disruptive and potentially harmful phone calls and texts was signed into law in 2020.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: Satellogic Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results and Provides Business Update

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Revenue of $3.4 million in 1Q 2025

    Domestication to U.S. Completed

    Awarded $30 Million Contract for AI-First Constellation and Closed $20 Million Registered Direct Offering

    NEW YORK, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Satellogic Inc. (NASDAQ: SATL), a leader in sub-meter resolution Earth Observation (“EO”) data collection, today provided a business update and reported its financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    “The year is off to a great start with our recent announcements in April related to our $30 million low latency, near-daily AI-first constellation contract, our sovereign defense and intelligence imagery sales to Brazil and Singapore, and the closing of a registered direct offering in which we received $20 million in gross proceeds, which further strengthened our liquidity position. These milestones, coupled with the completion of our domestication during the first quarter, positions Satellogic to focus on significant growth opportunities, underscoring the value of our data insights and technology,” said Satellogic CEO, Emiliano Kargieman.

    Rick Dunn, Chief Financial Officer, added, “In terms of financial results, we ended the quarter with $17.7 million of cash on hand (which does not include the proceeds from the aforementioned offering) and continued to reduce our cash used in operations by $5.4 million, or 53%, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. Our revenue also increased modestly by 2% to $3.4 million compared to the prior year period.”

    “We expect that our revenue for 2025 will largely be dependent on closing opportunities within our Space Systems line of business, which we anticipate will contribute considerable per unit cash flow and strong gross margin. As we look to 2025 and beyond, management continues to focus on near-term growth opportunities and moving the Company forward on a path to profitability,” concluded Dunn.

    Financial Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025

    • Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased by $0.1 million, or 2%, to $3.4 million, as compared to revenue of $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by a $0.4 million increase in imagery ordered by new and existing Asset Monitoring customers, partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in revenue generated from the Space Systems business line. Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025 included $2.6 million attributable to our Asset Monitoring line of business, $0.4 million attributable to our Space Systems line of business, and $0.4 million attributable to our CaaS line of business compared to $2.2 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in the prior period.
    • Cost of Sales, exclusive of depreciation, decreased $0.1 million, or 5%, to $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by lower Space Systems costs on lower sales volume, partially offset by higher outsourced ground station costs. However, as a percentage of revenue, our cost of sales were 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2024.
    • Selling, General and Administrative expenses decreased $2.9 million, or 31%, to $6.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by a $0.5 million decrease in professional fees consisting mainly of the accrued advisory fee pursuant to the Liberty Subscription Agreement and professional fees related to the secured convertible notes in 2024, partially offset by professional fees related to our domestication in 2025. The decrease was also partially driven by decreases in salaries, wages, stock-based compensation and other benefits as a result of the Company’s workforce reductions in 2024 and other expense reductions resulting from continued cash control measures during 2024.
    • Engineering expenses decreased $1.9 million, or 43%, to $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025 from $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The decrease was driven primarily by a decrease in salaries, wages, and other benefits and stock-based compensation as a result of the Company’s workforce reductions in 2024. The decrease was also partially driven by other expense reductions resulting from continued cash control measures during 2024, including the termination of our high-throughput plant lease in the Netherlands.
    • Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased by $17.4 million to $32.6 million, as compared to a net loss of $15.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in the change in fair value of financial instruments ($21.6 million) and other (expense) income, net ($1.6 million) offset by increases in revenue and decreases in operating costs.
    • Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025, improved by $3.1 million to $6.1 million, from an Adjusted EBITDA loss of $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to year-over-year increases in revenue and decreases in operating expenses.
    • Cash and Cash Equivalents were $17.7 million at March 31, 2025, compared to $22.5 million at December 31, 2024.
    • Net cash used in operating activities was $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $10.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. This decline in net cash used by operations was primarily due to workforce reduction and overall cost control initiatives.

    Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    We monitor a number of financial performance and liquidity measures on a regular basis in order to track the progress of our business. Included in these financial performance and liquidity measures are the non-GAAP measures, Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA. We believe these measures provide analysts, investors and management with helpful information regarding the underlying operating performance of our business, as they provide meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance and liquidity by removing the impact of items that we believe are not reflective of our underlying operating performance. The non-GAAP measures are used by us to evaluate our core operating performance and liquidity on a comparable basis and to make strategic decisions. The non-GAAP measures also facilitate company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations such as capital structures, taxation, depreciation, capital expenditures and other non-cash items (i.e., embedded derivatives, debt extinguishment and stock-based compensation) which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. However, different companies may define these terms differently and accordingly comparisons might not be accurate. Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measure. For the definitions of Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net loss, see below.

    We define Non-GAAP EBITDA as net loss excluding interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. We did not incur amortization expense during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

    We define Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA as Non-GAAP EBITDA further adjusted for professional fees related to the secured convertible notes, other expense (income), net, changes in the fair value of financial instruments and stock-based compensation. Other expense (income), net includes foreign exchange gain or loss and other non-operating income and expenses not considered indicative of our ongoing operational performance.

    The following table presents a reconciliation of Non-GAAP EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA to its net loss for the periods indicated.

      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)   2025       2024  
    Net loss available to stockholders $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Interest expense         9  
    Income tax expense   715       1,433  
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Non-GAAP EBITDA $ (29,179 )   $ (10,891 )
    Professional fees related to Secured Convertible Notes         971  
    Other expense (income), net   167       (1,401 )
    Change in fair value of financial instruments   22,361       752  
    Stock-based compensation   595       1,446  
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA $ (6,056 )   $ (9,123 )
     

    About Satellogic

    Founded in 2010 by Emiliano Kargieman and Gerardo Richarte, Satellogic (NASDAQ: SATL) is the first vertically integrated geospatial company, driving real outcomes with planetary-scale insights. Satellogic is creating and continuously enhancing the first scalable, fully automated EO platform with the ability to remap the entire planet at both high-frequency and high-resolution, providing accessible and affordable solutions for customers.

    Satellogic’s mission is to democratize access to geospatial data through its information platform of high-resolution images to help solve the world’s most pressing problems including climate change, energy supply, and food security. Using its patented Earth imaging technology, Satellogic unlocks the power of EO to deliver high-quality, planetary insights at the lowest cost in the industry.

    With more than a decade of experience in space, Satellogic has proven technology and a strong track record of delivering satellites to orbit and high-resolution data to customers at the right price point.

    To learn more, please visit: http://www.satellogic.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws. The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “continue”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intends”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “possible”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “should”, “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements are based on Satellogic’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on Satellogic and include statements concerning Satellogic’s strategic realignment as a U.S. company, and the visibility and high growth opportunities it will provide in connection therewith. Forward-looking statements are predictions, projections and other statements about future events that are based on current expectations and assumptions and, as a result, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on various assumptions, whether or not identified in this press release. These forward-looking statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to serve, and must not be relied on by an investor as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond the control of Satellogic. Many factors could cause actual future events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this press release, including but not limited to: (i) our ability to generate revenue as expected, including due to challenges created by macroeconomic concerns, geopolitical uncertainty (e.g., trade relationships), financial market fluctuations and related factors, (ii) our ability to effectively market and sell our EO services and to convert contracted revenues and our pipeline of potential contracts into actual revenues, (iii) risks related to the secured convertible notes, (iv) the potential loss of one or more of our largest customers, (v) the considerable time and expense related to our sales efforts and the length and unpredictability of our sales cycle, (vi) risks and uncertainties associated with defense-related contracts, (vii) risk related to our pricing structure, (viii) our ability to scale production of our satellites as planned, (ix) unforeseen risks, challenges and uncertainties related to our expansion into new business lines, (x) our dependence on third parties, including SpaceX, to transport and launch our satellites into space, (xi) our reliance on third-party vendors and manufacturers to build and provide certain satellite components, products, or services and the inability of these vendors and manufacturers to meet our needs, (xii) our dependence on ground station and cloud-based computing infrastructure operated by third pirates for value-added services, and any errors, disruption, performance problems, or failure in their or our operational infrastructure, (xiii) risk related to certain minimum service requirements in our customer contracts, (xiv) market acceptance of our EO services and our dependence upon our ability to keep pace with the latest technological advances, including those related to artificial intelligence and machine learning, (xv) our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions, (xvi) competition for EO services, (xvii) challenges with international operations or unexpected changes to the regulatory environment in certain markets, (xviii) unknown defects or errors in our products, (xix) risk related to the capital-intensive nature of our business and our ability to raise adequate capital to finance our business strategies, (xx) uncertainties beyond our control related to the production, launch, commissioning, and/or operation of our satellites and related ground systems, software and analytic technologies, (xxi) the failure of the market for EO services to achieve the growth potential we expect, (xxii) risks related to our satellites and related equipment becoming impaired, (xxiii) risks related to the failure of our satellites to operate as intended, (xxiv) production and launch delays, launch failures, and damage or destruction to our satellites during launch, (xxv) the impact of natural disasters, unusual or prolonged unfavorable weather conditions, epidemic outbreaks, terrorist acts and geopolitical events (including the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine, in the Gaza Strip and the Red Sea region) on our business and satellite launch schedules and (xxvi) the anticipated benefits of the domestication may not materialize. The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of Satellogic’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents filed or to be filed by Satellogic from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These filings identify and address other important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events and results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements, and Satellogic assumes no obligation and does not intend to update or revise these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Satellogic can give no assurance that it will achieve its expectations.

    Contacts

    Investor Relations:

    Ryan Driver, VP of Strategy & Corporate Development
    ryan.driver@satellogic.com

    Media Relations:

    Satellogic
    pr@satellogic.com

    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
    UNAUDITED
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts)   2025       2024  
    Revenue $ 3,387     $ 3,328  
    Costs and expenses      
    Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation shown separately below   1,237       1,305  
    Selling, general and administrative   6,485       9,389  
    Engineering   2,493       4,387  
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Total costs and expenses   12,902       17,926  
    Operating loss   (9,515 )     (14,598 )
    Other (expense) income, net      
    Interest income, net   177       204  
    Change in fair value of financial instruments   (22,361 )     (752 )
    Other (expense) income, net   (167 )     1,401  
    Total other (expense) income, net   (22,351 )     853  
    Loss before income tax   (31,866 )     (13,745 )
    Income tax expense   (715 )     (1,433 )
    Net loss available to stockholders $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Other comprehensive loss      
    Foreign currency translation gain (loss), net of tax   257       (137 )
    Comprehensive loss $ (32,324 )   $ (15,315 )
           
    Basic net loss per share for the period attributable to holders of Common Stock $ (0.34 )   $ (0.17 )
    Basic weighted-average Common Stock outstanding   96,655,349       90,331,496  
    Diluted net loss per share for the period attributable to holders of Common Stock $ (0.34 )   $ (0.17 )
    Diluted weighted-average Common Stock outstanding   96,655,349       90,331,496  
    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    UNAUDITED
     
      March 31,   December 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share and par value amounts)   2025       2024  
    ASSETS      
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 17,716     $ 22,493  
    Restricted cash   305        
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $148 and $148, respectively   1,799       1,464  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   4,274       3,907  
    Total current assets   24,094       27,864  
    Property and equipment, net   25,802       27,228  
    Operating lease right-of-use assets   6,538       877  
    Other non-current assets   4,968       5,722  
    Total assets $ 61,402     $ 61,691  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY      
    Current liabilities      
    Accounts payable $ 3,742     $ 3,754  
    Warrant liabilities   14,902       11,511  
    Earnout liabilities   1,992       1,501  
    Operating lease liabilities   989       363  
    Contract liabilities   6,308       5,871  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   13,661       11,621  
    Total current liabilities   41,594       34,621  
    Secured Convertible Notes at fair value   96,590       79,070  
    Operating lease liabilities   5,812       516  
    Other non-current liabilities   498       516  
    Total liabilities   144,494       114,723  
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ (deficit) equity      
    Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023          
    Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 385,000,000 shares authorized, 84,451,437 shares issued and 83,883,614 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 83,000,501 shares issued and 82,432,678 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2024          
    Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 13,582,642 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024          
    Treasury stock, at cost, 567,823 shares as of March 31, 2025 and 567,823 shares as of December 31, 2024   (8,603 )     (8,603 )
    Additional paid-in capital   358,511       356,247  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (314 )     (571 )
    Accumulated deficit   (432,686 )     (400,105 )
    Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity   (83,092 )     (53,032 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity $ 61,402     $ 61,691  
    SATELLOGIC INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    UNAUDITED
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)   2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (32,581 )   $ (15,178 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:      
    Depreciation expense   2,687       2,845  
    Operating lease expense   421       538  
    Stock-based compensation   595       1,446  
    Change in fair value of financial instruments, net of interest paid on Secured Convertible Notes   20,691       752  
    Foreign exchange differences   (188 )     (643 )
    Loss on disposal of property and equipment   28       78  
    Expense for estimated credit losses on accounts receivable, net of recoveries         16  
    Non-cash change in contract liabilities   (46 )     (501 )
    Other, net         56  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Accounts receivable   (21 )     (932 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   830       (377 )
    Accounts payable   569       1,764  
    Contract liabilities   438       (25 )
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   2,024       601  
    Operating lease liabilities   (169 )     (555 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (4,722 )     (10,115 )
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (1,913 )     (1,942 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (1,913 )     (1,942 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock under ATM Program, net of transaction costs   1,143        
    Payments for withholding taxes related to the net share settlement of equity awards   (375 )     (184 )
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options   916        
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   1,684       (184 )
    Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (4,951 )     (12,241 )
    Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   177       542  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – beginning of period   23,682       24,603  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash – end of period $ 18,908     $ 12,904  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Gevo Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Quarterly Revenue Increased $25 Million Compared to First Quarter of 2024 Due to Strategic Growth Initiatives 

    Further Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA1Growth is Expected in 2025 

    Gevo to Host Conference Call Today at 4:30 p.m. ET

    ENGLEWOOD, Colo., May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Gevo, Inc. (NASDAQ: GEVO) (“Gevo”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”), a leading developer of cost-effective, renewable hydrocarbon fuels and chemicals that also can deliver significant carbon emission abatement, today announced financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Recent Corporate Highlights: Continuing on a Path to Positive Adjusted EBITDA1 

    • Revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth: Total operating revenue increased by approximately $25 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024.
      • This increase was primarily driven by inorganic revenue growth of $23 million during the last two months of the quarter from Gevo North Dakota (through the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Red Trail Energy, LLC, which closed on January 31, 2025). Gevo’s consolidated financials for the first quarter of 2025 include Gevo North Dakota results for the two months of February and March 2025.
      • RNG total operating revenue increased by $1.7 million, or 42%, compared to the first quarter of 2024. This was primarily driven by receiving approval of a -339 gCO2e/MJ carbon intensity (“CI”) score for our RNG project from the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) under their Low Carbon Fuel Standard (“LCFS”) program, partially offset by lower Renewable Identification Number (“RIN”) prices.
      • We expect further Adjusted EBITDA1 growth through the rest of 2025 as a result of the expected monetization of Section 45Z tax credits generated by our low-carbon ethanol and biogas facilities.
      • Other revenue, including sales of isooctane and software services, also increased by $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2025 compared to the first quarter of 2024.
    • Carbon abatement, a new product that can be sold: Gevo is actively developing the customers and markets for voluntary carbon abatement. Our drop-in fuel products generated total carbon abatement (i.e., emissions sequestered, reduced or avoided by using renewable instead of fossil inputs) of over 100 thousand metric tons of CO2 in the first quarter of 2025.
      • This carbon abatement includes captured and sequestered volume of approximately 29 thousand metric tons of CO2 at Gevo North Dakota during the two months of February and March 2025.
      • During the same period, Gevo North Dakota produced approximately 11.1 million gallons of low-carbon ethanol at an estimated CI of 21 gCO2e/MJ, contributing approximately 47 thousand metric tons of carbon abatement.
      • RNG had production of 79,963 MMBtu in the first quarter of 2025 and over 60,000 metric tons of carbon credits were generated in the California LCFS system.

    _________________________
    1  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back depreciation and amortization, allocated intercompany expenses for shared service functions, non-cash stock-based compensation, and the change in fair value of derivative instruments to GAAP loss from operations as well as monetized tax credits, if any. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to GAAP loss from operations is provided in the financial statement tables following this release. Adjusted EBITDA was referred to as “cash EBITDA” in previous periods.

    • New offtake agreements for jet fuel and carbon abatement: In April 2025, Gevo signed a pioneering offtake agreement with Future Energy Global (“FEG”), under which FEG will acquire from Gevo the Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions credits from 10 million gallons per year of fuel to be produced at one of our planned alcohol-to-jet (“ATJ”) facilities. Additionally, we entered into an agreement with a separate undisclosed party for an additional five million gallons per year of SAF, without the carbon value or Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions credits attached. The carbon abatement for this additional 5 million gallons has been sold to a separate party, not the fuel buyer. Note that Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions credits are in addition to, and separate from, state and federal compliance credits. These offtake agreements are expected to be useful for financing our ATJ projects in South Dakota or North Dakota.
    • Verity: Verity is our wholly owned, data verification platform that enables traceable, audit-ready carbon abatement accounting across complex supply chains, supporting regulatory compliance and carbon market participation. In the first quarter of 2025, Verity announced agreements with two new customers, Landus and Minnesota Soybean Processors. These agreements provide access to those customers to track and verify sustainable agriculture attributes, while streamlining compliance reporting and auditability.

    2025 First Quarter Financial Highlights

    • Ended the first quarter with cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $134.9 million.
    • Combined operating revenue and investment income was $30.9 million for the first quarter.
      • On a standalone basis, our RNG subsidiary generated revenue of $5.7 million during the first quarter of 2025. This reflects an increase of $1.7 million compared to the previous year, driven by increased LCFS credit generation due to our carbon score for the LCFS program, partially offset by reduced RIN prices. 
    • Loss from operations of $20.1 million for the first quarter.
    • Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA loss1 of $15.4 million for the first quarter.
    • Sale of environmental attributes by our RNG subsidiary of $5.4 million for the first quarter.
    • Gevo RNG generated income from operations of $0.5 million, and non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA1 of $2.7 million for the first quarter.
    • Gevo North Dakota generated income from operations of $1.1 million, and non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA1 of $1.8 million for the first quarter.
    • Net loss per share of $0.09 for the first quarter.

    Management Comment 

    Dr. Patrick Gruber, Gevo’s Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We believe we can get to positive Adjusted EBITDA this year for the company. This is in spite of the perceived headwinds and noise in the marketplace. We have real products to sell now that we own our North Dakota plant. Gevo North Dakota produces ethanol, animal feed, corn oil, and importantly, carbon abatement. The carbon abatement value is generated by capturing CO2 and sending it more than a mile underground into what we think is the best well (or sequestration site) in the country. Having this carbon abatement available to us has opened up new doors in the marketplace as customers and partners don’t have to wait around for synthetic aviation fuel (“SAF”) projects to be built to start developing the market in a real sense. We have approval from the Internal Revenue Service to apply for the Section 45Z tax credit, so we will do that, and that should help meet our Adjusted EBITDA goals.”

    Dr. Gruber continued, “We continue to believe that SAF offers an excellent market opportunity. We see that jet fuel demand, beyond SAF, is expected to grow. We continue to believe that alcohol-to-jet offers the most scalable and lowest cost of production route. We need to get plants financed and deployed. To that end, we are doing a few things. First, we continue to be engaged with the U.S. Department of Energy on financing our ATJ-60 project, which we believe advances the stated objectives of the White House to produce more home-made energy including ethanol, biofuels and jet fuel. Second, we are translating the designs and engineering from the ATJ-60 to deploy an ATJ plant that can produce 30 million gallons per year of jet fuel at our Gevo North Dakota site (“ATJ-30”). We expect that this ATJ-30 plant will be near-fully modularized to minimize cost, construction, and start-up risks, and be able to be deployed sooner than or on a similar timeframe as ATJ-60. We already have more than 50% of the capacity of the ATJ-30 sold. Third, by driving down capital costs, we expect that there will be several opportunities for us to “sell” plants, and license our technology portfolio in the future.”

    “Unlike other companies in the ATJ space,” Dr. Gruber added, “we are using tried and true, proven at scale, unit operations to produce jet fuel. We figured out how to optimize them, integrate them, and make the jet fuel product in extremely high yield, with low production cost and a very low CI score. We have more than 100 patents covering the business system and technologies for ethanol to jet fuel and other hydrocarbons. We are pleased that Axens, who is the preeminent supplier of the various unit operations needed to make jet fuel from ethylene, including winning a Nobel prize for the trickiest step, has taken a license from Gevo for advanced ATJ processes. We are continuing to strengthen our partnership with Axens.”

    “We are also aligning our strategic goals with fiscal discipline measures that should further enable our conservation of cash and realization of our target Adjusted EBITDA growth and strong fiscal year performance.”

    Dr. Gruber concluded, “I like our position: we have operating assets that contribute Adjusted EBITDA, we have mature jet fuel projects, we have one of the few operating carbon capture and sequestration operations, we are developing markets with advanced carbon sequestration operations, we have a terrific site in North Dakota to build out capacity for jet fuel and other products, and we have a strong proprietary position given our patents and know-how.”

    2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Operating revenue. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, operating revenue increased by $25.1 million compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to $22.8 million in revenue from Gevo North Dakota in the two months we have owned it, $1.7 million in additional revenue from our RNG project driven by an increase in LCFS credits generated due to our improved carbon score for the LCFS program offset by a decline in RIN prices, and $0.5 million from the sale of isooctane. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, we sold 79,963 MMBtu of RNG from our RNG project, resulting in $0.3 million in RNG sales and $5.4 million in environmental attribute sales.

    Cost of production. Cost of production increased $18.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to $21.7 million from Gevo North Dakota, partially offset by $3.6 million of future corn basis gains.

    Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased $1.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to $3.5 million of depreciation related to Gevo North Dakota, partially offset by a $2.6 million reduction of depreciation related to assets fully depreciated at our facility in Luverne, Minnesota (the “Luverne Facility”).

    Research and development expense. Research and development expenses decreased $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to decreased consulting expenses and professional fees.

    General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense decreased $1.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to a $2.3 million decrease in stock-based compensation, partially offset by $0.5 million higher employee costs, $0.2 million increase in insurance costs and $0.2 million increase in computer and software costs.

    Project development costs. Project development costs are primarily related to our ATJ projects and Verity, which consist primarily of employee expenses, preliminary engineering costs, and technical consulting fees. Project development costs decreased $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to a $1.8 million wind-down fee incurred in 2024, partially offset by $1.1 million of additional employee related costs.

    Acquisition related costs. Acquisition related costs of $4.4 million are due to our acquisition of Gevo North Dakota.

    Facility idling costs. Facility idling costs are related to the care and maintenance of our Luverne Facility and reprocessing plant. Facility idling costs decreased $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to utilizing the reprocessing plant for isooctane production.

    Loss from operations. The Company’s loss from operations decreased by $3.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to increased revenues from Gevo North Dakota and the reduction of general and administrative expenses, partially offset by the acquisition related costs.

    Interest expense. Interest expense increased $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the debt used to acquire Gevo North Dakota and a higher interest rate on our remarketed RNG bonds.

    Interest and investment income. Interest and investment income decreased $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024, primarily due to the usage of cash for the acquisition of Gevo North Dakota and to fund our capital projects and operating costs, resulting in a lower balance of cash equivalent investments during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net remained flat for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024.

    Webcast and Conference Call Information

    Hosting today’s conference call at 4:30 p.m. ET will be Dr. Patrick R. Gruber, Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Chris Ryan, President and Chief Operating Officer, L. Lynn Smull, Chief Financial Officer, Dr. Paul Bloom, Chief Business Officer and Dr. Eric Frey, Vice President of Finance and Strategy. They will review Gevo’s financial results and provide an update on recent corporate highlights.

    To participate in the live call, please register through the following event weblink: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI14d4db26011d45b9871ce05b8b3c5a63. After registering, participants will be provided with a dial-in number and pin.

    To listen to the conference call (audio only), please register through the following event weblink: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/xd9v2i3x.

    A webcast replay will be available two hours after the conference call ends on May 13, 2025. The archived webcast will be available in the Investor Relations section of Gevo’s website at www.gevo.com.

    About Gevo

    Gevo is a next-generation diversified energy company committed to fueling America’s future with cost-effective, drop-in fuels that contribute to energy security, abate carbon, and strengthen rural communities to drive economic growth. Gevo’s innovative technology can be used to make a variety of renewable products, including SAF, motor fuels, chemicals, and other materials that provide U.S.-made solutions. By investing in the backbone of rural America, Gevo’s business model includes developing, financing, and operating production facilities that create jobs and revitalize communities. Gevo owns and operates one of the largest dairy-based RNG facilities in the United States, turning by-products into clean, reliable energy. We also operate an ethanol plant with an adjacent CCS facility, further solidifying America’s leadership in energy innovation. Additionally, Gevo owns the world’s first production facility for specialty ATJ fuels and chemicals. Gevo’s market-driven “pay for performance” approach regarding carbon and other sustainability attributes, helps ensure value is delivered to our local economy. Through its Verity subsidiary, Gevo provides transparency, accountability, and efficiency in tracking, measuring and verifying various attributes throughout the supply chain. By strengthening rural economies, Gevo is working to secure a self-sufficient future and to make sure value is brought to the market.

    For more information, see www.gevo.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements in this press release may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements relate to a variety of matters, including, without limitation, the financing and the timing of our ATJ-60 project, our ATJ-30 project, our financial condition, our results of operation and liquidity, our business plans, our business development activities, financial projections related to our business, our RNG project, our sales agreements, our plans to develop our business, our ability to successfully develop, construct, and finance our operations and growth projects, our ability to achieve cash flow from our planned projects, the ability of our products to contribute to lower greenhouse gas emissions, particulate and sulfur pollution, and other statements that are not purely statements of historical fact. These forward-looking statements are made based on the current beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the management of Gevo and are subject to significant risks and uncertainty. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. All such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and Gevo undertakes no obligation to update or revise these statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Although Gevo believes that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements involve many risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from what may be expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. For a further discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ from those expressed in these forward-looking statements, as well as risks relating to the business of Gevo in general, see the risk disclosures in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and in subsequent reports on Forms 10-Q and 8-K and other filings made with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by Gevo.

    Non-GAAP Financial Information

    This press release contains a financial measure that does not comply with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), including non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA. Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization, allocated intercompany expenses for shared service functions, and non-cash stock-based compensation from GAAP loss from operations. Management believes this measure is useful to supplement its GAAP financial statements with this non-GAAP information because management uses such information internally for its operating, budgeting and financial planning purposes. This non-GAAP financial measure also facilitates management’s internal comparisons to Gevo’s historical performance as well as comparisons to the operating results of other companies. In addition, Gevo believes this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors because it allows for greater transparency into the indicators used by management as a basis for its financial and operational decision making. Non-GAAP information is not prepared under a comprehensive set of accounting rules and therefore, should only be read in conjunction with financial information reported under U.S. GAAP when understanding Gevo’s operating performance. A reconciliation between GAAP and non-GAAP financial information is provided below.

    Gevo, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

               
      March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
    Assets          
    Current assets          
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 65,288     $ 189,389  
    Restricted cash   1,489       1,489  
    Trade accounts receivable, net   11,746       2,411  
    Inventories   16,787       4,502  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   8,545       5,920  
    Total current assets   103,855       203,711  
    Property, plant and equipment, net   339,070       221,642  
    Restricted cash   68,155       68,155  
    Operating right-of-use assets   2,283       1,064  
    Finance right-of-use assets   1,540       1,877  
    Intangible assets, net   52,113       8,129  
    Goodwill   41,605       3,740  
    Deposits and other assets   69,179       75,623  
    Total assets $ 677,800     $ 583,941  
    Liabilities          
    Current liabilities          
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 28,770     $ 22,006  
    Operating lease liabilities   692       333  
    Finance lease liabilities   1,610       2,001  
    Loans payable   19,925       21  
    Total current liabilities   50,997       24,361  
    Remarketed Bonds payable, net   67,317       67,109  
    Loans payable   79,773        
    Operating lease liabilities   1,840       966  
    Finance lease liabilities   210       187  
    Asset retirement obligation   2,142        
    Other long-term liabilities   729       1,830  
    Total liabilities   203,008       94,453  
               
    Redeemable non-controlling interest   4,955        
               
    Equity          
    Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 239,562,995 and 239,176,293 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.   2,396       2,392  
    Additional paid-in capital   1,289,406       1,287,333  
    Accumulated deficit   (821,965 )     (800,237 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   469,837       489,488  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 677,800     $ 583,941  
                   

    Gevo, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

               
      Three Months Ended March 31, 
      2025   2024
    Total operating revenues $ 29,109     $ 3,990  
    Operating expenses:          
    Cost of production   21,446       2,587  
    Depreciation and amortization   5,622       4,451  
    Research and development expense   1,052       1,548  
    General and administrative expense   11,084       12,150  
    Project development costs   5,002       5,319  
    Acquisition related costs   4,438        
    Facility idling costs   604       1,076  
    Total operating expenses   49,248       27,131  
    Loss from operations   (20,139 )     (23,141 )
    Other (expense) income          
    Interest expense   (3,294 )     (542 )
    Interest and investment income   1,770       4,593  
    Other (expense) income, net   (110 )     215  
    Total other (expense) income, net   (1,634 )     4,266  
    Net loss   (21,773 )     (18,875 )
    Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest   (45 )      
    Net loss attributable to Gevo, Inc. $ (21,728 )   $ (18,875 )
               
    Net loss per share – basic and diluted $ (0.09 )   $ (0.08 )
    Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted   232,027,993       240,844,334  
                   

    Gevo, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of StockholdersEquity
    (In thousands, except share amounts)

                               
      For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
                               
                               
      Common Stock         Accumulated    Stockholders’
      Shares      Amount      Paid-In Capital      Deficit   Equity
    Balance, December 31, 2024   239,176,293     $ 2,392     $ 1,287,333     $ (800,237 )   $ 489,488  
    Non-cash stock-based compensation               1,898             1,898  
    Stock-based awards and related share issuances, net   386,702       4       175             179  
    Net loss                     (21,728 )     (21,728 )
    Balance, March 31, 2025   239,562,995     $ 2,396     $ 1,289,406     $ (821,965 )   $ 469,837  
                               
    Balance, December 31, 2023   240,499,833     $ 2,405     $ 1,276,581     $ (721,597 )   $ 557,389  
    Non-cash stock-based compensation               4,233             4,233  
    Stock-based awards and related share issuances, net   1,204,232       12       583             595  
    Repurchase of common stock   (2,127,661 )     (21 )     (1,376 )           (1,397 )
    Net loss                     (18,875 )     (18,875 )
    Balance, March 31, 2024   239,576,404     $ 2,396     $ 1,280,021     $ (740,472 )   $ 541,945  
                                           

    Gevo, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (In thousands)

               
      Three Months Ended March 31, 
      2025   2024
    Operating Activities          
    Net loss $ (21,773 )   $ (18,875 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:          
    Stock-based compensation   1,898       4,233  
    Depreciation and amortization   5,622       4,451  
    Change in fair value of derivative instruments   (2,732 )      
    Other non-cash (income) expense   1,004       656  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:          
    Accounts receivable   (4,355 )     135  
    Inventories   (1,045 )     (55 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets, deposits and other assets   (2,264 )     (3,297 )
    Accounts payable, accrued expenses and non-current liabilities   (403 )     (3,326 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (24,048 )     (16,078 )
    Investing Activities          
    Acquisitions of property, plant and equipment   (5,834 )     (17,512 )
    Acquisition of Red Trail Energy   (198,461 )      
    Net cash used in investing activities   (204,295 )     (17,512 )
    Financing Activities          
    OIC loan proceeds   105,000        
    Payment of debt issuance costs   (5,480 )      
    Non-controlling interest   5,000        
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options   179        
    Payment of loans payable         (32 )
    Payment of finance lease liabilities   (457 )     (23 )
    Repurchases of common stock         (1,397 )
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   104,242       (1,452 )
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents   (124,101 )     (35,042 )
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   259,033       375,597  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period $ 134,932     $ 340,555  
                   

    Gevo, Inc.
    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Information
    (In thousands)

               
      Three Months Ended March 31, 
      2025   2024
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA (Consolidated):          
    Loss from operations $ (20,139 )   $ (23,141 )
    Depreciation and amortization   5,622       4,451  
    Stock-based compensation   1,898       4,233  
    Change in fair value of derivative instruments   (2,732 )      
    Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA (loss) (Consolidated) $ (15,351 )   $ (14,457 )
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2025
                           
      Gevo   GevoFuels   GevoRNG   GevoND   Consolidated
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA (Consolidated):                            
    (Loss) income from operations $ (20,984 )   $ (724 )   $ 469     $ 1,100     $ (20,139 )
    Depreciation and amortization   747             1,403       3,472       5,622  
    Allocated intercompany expenses for shared service functions   (890 )           890              
    Stock-based compensation   1,937             (39 )           1,898  
    Change in fair value of derivative instruments                     (2,732 )     (2,732 )
    Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA (loss) (Consolidated) $ (19,190 )   $ (724 )   $ 2,723     $ 1,840     $ (15,351 )
                                           
      Three Months Ended March 31, 2024
                       
      Gevo   GevoFuels   GevoRNG   Consolidated
    Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA (Consolidated):                      
    Loss from operations $ (20,126 )   $ (1,010 )   $ (2,005 )   $ (23,141 )
    Depreciation and amortization   3,077             1,374       4,451  
    Allocated intercompany expenses for shared service functions   (890 )           890        
    Stock-based compensation   4,199             34       4,233  
    Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA (loss) (Consolidated) $ (13,740 )   $ (1,010 )   $ 293     $ (14,457 )
                                   

    Media Contact
    Heather Manuel
    Vice President of Stakeholder Engagement & Partnerships
    PR@gevo.com

    Investor Contact
    Eric Frey, PhD
    Vice President of Finance and Strategy
    IR@Gevo.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Robinhood Markets, Inc. Reports April 2025 Operating Data

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MENLO PARK, Calif., May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Robinhood Markets, Inc. (“Robinhood”) (NASDAQ: HOOD) today reported select monthly operating data for April 2025.

    • Funded Customers at the end of April were 25.9 million (up approximately 120 thousand from March 2025, up approximately 2 million year-over-year).
    • Total Platform Assets at the end of April were $232 billion (up 5% from March 2025, up 88% year-over-year). Net Deposits were $6.8 billion in April, or a 37% annualized growth rate relative to March 2025 Total Platform Assets. Over the last twelve months, Net Deposits were $59.2 billion, or an annual growth rate of 48% relative to April 2024 Total Platform Assets.
    • Equity Notional Trading Volumes were $157.8 billion (up 26% from March 2025, up 123% year-over-year). Options Contracts Traded were 167.5 million (roughly flat to March 2025, up 32% year-over-year). Crypto Notional Trading Volumes were $8.6 billion (down 24% from March 2025, down 15% year-over-year).
    • Margin balances at the end of April were $8.4 billion (down 5% from the end of March 2025, up 105% year-over-year).
    • Total Cash Sweep balances at the end of April were $28.9 billion (up 2% from the end of March 2025, up 51% year-over-year).
    • Total Securities Lending Revenue in April was $25 million (up 4% from March 2025, up 19% year-over-year).
      April
    2025
    March
    2025
    M/M
    Change
    April
    2024
    Y/Y
    Change
    (M – in millions, B – in billions)          
    Funded Customer Growth (M)          
    Funded Customers 25.9 25.8 24.0 +8%
               
    Asset Growth ($B)          
    Total Platform Assets $232.3 $220.6 +5% $123.3 +88%
    Net Deposits $6.8 $7.6 NM $4.9 NM
               
    Trading          
    Trading Days (Equities and Options) 21 21 22 (5%)
    Total Trading Volumes          
    Equity ($B) $157.8 $125.6 +26% $70.7 +123%
    Options Contracts (M) 167.5 167.9 126.6 +32%
    Crypto ($B) $8.6 $11.3 (24%) $10.1 (15%)
               
    Daily Average Revenue Trades (DARTs) (M)        
    Equity 2.3 2.3 1.8 +28%
    Options 1.2 1.1 +9% 0.8 +50%
    Crypto 0.5 0.6 (17%) 0.4 +25%
               
    Customer Margin and Cash Sweep ($B)        
    Margin Book $8.4 $8.8 (5%) $4.1 +105%
    Total Cash Sweep $28.9 $28.2 +2% $19.1 +51%
    Gold Cash Sweep $26.9 $26.4 +2% $18.4 +46%
    Non-Gold Cash Sweep $2.0 $1.8 +11% $0.7 +186%
               
    Total Securities Lending Revenue ($M) $25 $24 +4% $21 +19%

    Note: Net Deposits do not include results from TradePMR.

    For definitions and additional information regarding these metrics, please refer to Robinhood’s full monthly metrics release, which is available on investors.robinhood.com.

    The information in this release is unaudited and the information for the months in the most recent fiscal quarter is preliminary, based on Robinhood’s estimates, and subject to completion of financial closing procedures. Final results for the most recent fiscal quarter, as reported in Robinhood’s quarterly and annual filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), might vary from the information in this release.

    About Robinhood

    Robinhood Markets, Inc. (NASDAQ: HOOD) transformed financial services by introducing commission-free stock trading and democratizing access to the markets for millions of investors. Today, Robinhood lets you trade stocks, options, futures (which includes options on futures, swaps, and event contracts), and crypto, invest for retirement, and earn with Robinhood Gold. Headquartered in Menlo Park, California, Robinhood puts customers in the driver’s seat, delivering unprecedented value and products intentionally designed for a new generation of investors. Additional information about Robinhood can be found at www.robinhood.com.

    Robinhood uses the “Overview” tab of its Investor Relations website (accessible at investors.robinhood.com/overview) and its Newsroom (accessible at newsroom.aboutrobinhood.com), as means of disclosing information to the public in a broad, non-exclusionary manner for purposes of the SEC Regulation Fair Disclosure (Reg. FD). Investors should routinely monitor those web pages, in addition to Robinhood’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts, as information posted on them could be deemed to be material information.

    “Robinhood” and the Robinhood feather logo are registered trademarks of Robinhood Markets, Inc. All other names are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

    Contacts

    Investor Relations

    ir@robinhood.com

    Media

    press@robinhood.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: authID Reports Financial and Operating Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DENVER, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — authID® (Nasdaq: AUID) (“authID” or the “Company”), a leading provider of biometric identity verification and authentication solutions, today reported financial and operating results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    First Quarter 2025 vs. First Quarter 2024 Financial Summary

    • Total revenue for the quarter increased to $0.30 million, compared to $0.16 million a year ago.
    • Operating expenses were $4.7 million, compared to $3.3 million a year ago.
    • Net loss was $4.3 million, or $0.40 per share, compared to a loss of $3.1 million, or $0.32 per share a year ago.
    • Adjusted EBITDA Loss of $3.9 million (non-GAAP measure as defined below), compared with $2.4 million a year ago.
    • Gross bARR (Booked Annual Recurring Revenue) of $0.01 million (non-GAAP measure as defined below), compared with $0.10 million a year ago.

    “I’m incredibly excited about authID’s growth prospects in 2025 and beyond,” said Rhon Daguro, authID’s Chief Executive Officer. “We have solidified our foundation to become a leader in the evolving and fast-growing biometric authentication market while making progress on our ambitious 2025 goals. We are continuing to advance our conversations with key enterprise and platform partner prospects in order to achieve our bookings targets and are intensifying our focus on the large enterprise and large channel OEM segments as we move through the second quarter.

    “We recently secured nearly $9 million in capital through two financing rounds to improve our balance sheet, broaden our investor base and provide us with additional expertise and support as we scale our business and invest in new opportunities. Through these efforts we have also created an advisory board comprised of two new expert advisors, Eric Swider and Donald Nitti. Both leaders have extensive experience in different industry and government sectors where authID’s biometric identity solutions can address critical needs.

    “As we move through the year, we continue to expect to close multiple Fortune 500 and multi-national customers in 2025, and we are currently in the late stages of our sales cycle with these potential customers. I’m pleased with our momentum to date and remain confident that we will sign new customers and drive significant growth towards our $18 million bookings target for 2025.”

    Recent Business and Operational Highlights

    • Secured nearly $9 million dollars after expenses from existing and new shareholders through two registered direct offerings, while also creating an advisory board comprised of two new expert advisors, Eric Swider and Donald Nitti.
    • Signed a paid live production trial agreement with a Global Fortune 500 prospect to deliver authID’s solution in a controlled rollout. Upon completion, authID expects to secure a longer-term agreement.
    • Advanced to final stages with a Global Fortune 500 biometric hardware provider to embed authID into a solution offering reusable, interoperable identity credentials for employee workforces.
    • Confirmed as the selected vendor by one of the largest identity fraud platforms and are in the final stages of contract negotiations.
    • Launched efforts into the Public Sector by providing a reuseable identity platform for removing the barriers between siloed systems for government workforces.
    • Began integration with a blockchain-based data privacy and security platform to validate identity of data owners through privacy preserving biometrics which bring authID’s technology into smart cities in South America and India to start.
    • Identified new opportunities in the Indian banking sector with our Indian partner to protect high value transactions and account access with authID’s PrivacyKey technology
    • Successfully delivered a proof of concept and entered into contract negotiations with a Fortune 500 prospect to deliver identity verification and biometric solutions.
    • Named “Best ID Management Platform” Award in 2025 FinTech Breakthrough Awards for the third time. authID was recognized for its groundbreaking biometric identity verification technology, which has set a new standard for precision, speed, and data privacy in the fintech industry, as well as the verification landscape at large.

    Financial Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $0.30 million, compared with $0.16 million a year ago.

    Operating expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2025, were $4.7 million, compared to $3.3 million a year ago. The 2025 increase is primarily due to increased headcount investment in sales and R&D.

    Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $4.3 million, of which non-cash charges were $0.5 million, compared with a net loss of $3.1 million a year ago, of which non-cash charges were $0.8 million

    Loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2025 was $0.40, compared with $0.32 a year ago.

    Adjusted EBITDA loss was $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024, compared with $2.4 million a year ago. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA loss is primarily driven by the increase in headcount investment in sales and R&D. Please refer to Table 1 for reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure).

    Remaining Performance Obligation (RPO) as of March 31, 2025, was $13.85 million, of which $1.01 million is held as deferred revenue and $12.84 million is related to other non-cancellable contracted amounts, compared to RPO of $4.03 million as of March 31, 2024. The Company expects to recognize the full RPO of $13.85 million over the entire life of the contracts, which are typically signed with a 3-year term.

    The gross amount of Booked Annual Recurring Revenue or bARR, (a non-GAAP measure, as defined below), signed in the first quarter of 2025 was $0.01 million, down from $0.10 million of gross bARR a year ago. The net amount of bARR was negative $0.13 million compared to $0.10 million of net bARR signed in the comparable period in 2024. The Q1 bARR is comprised of $0 million in Committed Annual Recurring Revenue (cARR) and $0.01 million in estimated Usage Above Commitments (UAC).

    The net amount of bARR reflects the deduction of the bARR of contracts previously included in reported bARR, due to certain customers experiencing delays in Production Go-Live timing and volume ramping. See below for further definition and explanation of ARR and bARR, non-GAAP measures.

    Conference Call

    A conference call and webcast will be held today at 5.00 p.m. EDT, hosted by authID Chief Executive Officer, Rhon Daguro and Chief Financial Officer, Ed Sellitto to discuss the financial results and provide a corporate update. To participate on the live conference call, please access this registration link and you will be provided with dial-in details. To avoid delays, participants are encouraged to dial into the conference call 15 minutes ahead of the scheduled start time. A live webcast of the call will be available at webcast registration and on the “Events & Presentations” page of the Company’s website at investors.authid.ai. Only participants on the live conference call will be able to ask questions.

    A replay of the event and a copy of the presentation will also be available for 90 days at authID’s Investor Relations site.

    About authID Inc.

    authID (Nasdaq: AUID) ensures enterprises “Know Who’s Behind the Device™” for every customer or employee login and transaction through its easy-to-integrate, patented biometric identity platform. authID powers biometric identity proofing in 700ms, biometric authentication in 25ms, and account recovery with a fast, accurate, user-friendly experience. With our ground-breaking PrivacyKey Solution, authID provides a 1-to-1-billion false match rate, while storing no biometric data. authID stops fraud at onboarding, blocks deepfakes, prevents account takeover, and eliminates password risks and costs, through the fastest, most frictionless, and most accurate user identity experience demanded by today’s digital ecosystem.

    For further information please visit authid.ai

    Investor Relations Contacts
    authID Investor Relations
    investor-relations@authID.ai

    Media Contacts
    Walter Fowler
    1-631-334-3864
    wfowler@nexttechcomms.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This Press Release includes “forward-looking statements.” All statements other than statements of historical facts included herein, including, without limitation, those regarding the future results of operations, growth and sales, potential contract signings, booked Annual Recurring Revenue (bARR) (and its components cARR and UAC), Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR), cash flow, cash position and financial position, business strategy, plans and objectives of management for future operations of both authID Inc. and its business partners, are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on a number of assumptions regarding authID’s present and future business strategies, and the environment in which authID expects to operate in the future, which assumptions may or may not be fulfilled in practice. Actual results may vary materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of risk factors, including the Company’s ability to attract and retain customers; successful implementation of the services to be provided under new customer contracts and their adoption by customers’ users; the Company’s ability to compete effectively; changes in laws, regulations and practices; the increase in international tariffs and uncertainty over international trading conditions, changes in domestic and international economic and political conditions, the impact of the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, inflationary pressures, changes in interest rates, and others. See the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2024 filed at www.sec.gov and other documents filed with the SEC for other risk factors which investors should consider. These forward-looking statements speak only as to the date of this release and cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance. authID expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this release to reflect any changes in its expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any statement is based.

    Non-GAAP Financial Information

    The Company provides certain non-GAAP financial measures in this statement. These non-GAAP key business indicators, which include Adjusted EBITDA, bARR and ARR should not be considered replacements for and should be read in conjunction with the GAAP financial measures.

    Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA, when viewed with our results under GAAP and the accompanying reconciliations, provides useful information about our period-over-period results. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because management believes it provides additional information with respect to the performance of our fundamental business activities and is also frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of comparable companies. We also rely on Adjusted EBITDA as a primary measure to review and assess the operating performance of our company and our management.

    Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that represents GAAP net loss adjusted to exclude (1) interest expense and debt discount and debt issuance costs amortization expense, (2) interest income, (3) depreciation and amortization, (4) stock-based compensation expense (stock options) and certain other items management believes affect the comparability of operating results.

    Please see Table 1 below for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations to net loss – continuing operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

     
     TABLE 1
    Reconciliation of Loss from Continuing Operations to Adjusted EBITDA Continuing Operations.
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Loss from continuing operations $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
                   
    Addback:              
                   
    Interest expense, net   12,712       13,138  
    Other income   (51,544 )     (108,920 )
    Depreciation and amortization   30,192       43,408  
    Stock compensation   454,339       722,971  
    Adjusted EBITDA continuing operations (Non-GAAP)   (3,893,768 )     (2,386,980 )
     

    Management believes that bARR and ARR, when viewed with our results under GAAP, provide useful information about the direction of future growth trends of the Company’s revenues. We also rely on bARR as one of several primary measures to review and assess the sales performance of our Company and our management team in connection with our executive compensation. The Company defines Booked Annual Recurring Revenue or bARR, as the amount of annual recurring revenue represented by the estimated amounts of annual recurring revenue we believe will be earned under such contracted orders, looking out eighteen months from the date of signing of each customer contract. This estimate is comprised of two components (1) Committed Annual Recurring Revenue (cARR), which represents the minimum amounts that customers are contractually committed to pay each year over the life of the contract and (2) Usage Above Commitments (UAC), which represents our estimate of the rate of annual recurring revenue arising from actual usage of our services above the contractual minimums, that we believe the Customer will achieve after 18 months. The net amount of bARR reflects the deduction of the bARR of contracts previously included in reported bARR, which were subject to attrition, or other downward adjustments during the quarter.

    The company defines Annual Recurring Revenue or ARR, as the amount of recurring revenue recognized during the last three months of the relevant period as determined in accordance with GAAP, multiplied by four.

    bARR may be distinguished from ARR, as bARR does not take specifically into account the time to implement any contract for authID’s services, nor for any ramp in adoption, or seasonality of usage of our biometric products but is based on the assumption that 18 months after signing these matters will have been generally resolved. Furthermore, bARR is based on estimates of future revenues under particular contracts, whereas ARR, whilst also forward-looking, is based on historical revenues recognized in accordance with GAAP during the relevant period. A reconciliation of bARR to a GAAP measure is not provided as there is no comparable GAAP measure and we believe that any attempt at such reconciliation may be confusing to investors. bARR and ARR have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation from, or as a substitute for, analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    • bARR & ARR should not be considered as predictors of future revenues but only as indicators of the direction in which revenues may be trending. Actual revenue results in the future as determined in accordance with GAAP may be significantly different to the amounts indicated as bARR or ARR at any time.
    • bARR and ARR are to be considered “forward-looking statements” and subject to the same risks, as other such statements (see note on “Forward-Looking Statements” above).
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenues, net $ 296,256     $ 157,378  
                   
    Operating Expenses:              
    General and administrative   2,645,700       2,062,361  
    Research and development   1,998,663       1,204,968  
    Depreciation amortization   30,192       43,408  
    Total operating expenses   4,674,555       3,310,737  
                   
    Loss from operations   (4,378,299 )     (3,153,359 )
                   
    Other Income (Expense):              
    Interest expense, net   (12,712 )     (13,138 )
    Other income   51,544       108,920  
    Other income (expense), net   38,832       95,782  
                   
    Net loss before income taxes   (4,339,467 )     (3,057,577 )
    Income tax expense          
    Net Loss $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
                   
                   
    Net Loss Per Share – Basic and Diluted operations $ (0.40 )   $ (0.32 )
                   
    Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted   10,920,909       9,450,220  
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     
        March 31,
    2025
          December 31,
    2024
     
    ASSETS   (Unaudited)          
    Current Assets:              
    Cash $ 2,866,347     $ 8,471,561  
    Accounts receivable, net   1,028,564       97,897  
    Contract assets   487,551       426,859  
    Deferred contract costs   595,359       617,918  
    Other current assets, net   623,475       460,192  
    Total current assets   5,601,296       10,074,427  
                   
    Intangible assets, net   185,226       213,718  
    Goodwill   4,183,232       4,183,232  
    Total assets $ 9,969,754     $ 14,471,377  
                   
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
    Current Liabilities:              
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses $ 811,934     $ 1,715,410  
    Commission liability   191,519       459,657  
    Severance liability   325,000       325,000  
    Convertible debt, net         240,884  
    Deferred revenue   1,011,448       215,237  
    Total current liabilities   2,339,901       2,956,188  
                   
    Total liabilities $ 2,339,901     $ 2,956,188  
                   
    Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)              
                   
    Stockholders’ Equity:              
    Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024; 10,920,909 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   1,092       1,092  
    Additional paid-in capital   185,766,847       185,312,508  
    Accumulated deficit   (178,147,996 )     (173,808,529 )
    Accumulated comprehensive income   9,910       10,118  
    Total stockholders’ equity   7,629,853       11,515,189  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,969,754     $ 14,471,377  
     
    authID INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (Unaudited)
     
      Three Months Ended
    March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:              
                   
    Net loss $ (4,339,467 )   $ (3,057,577 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss with cash flows from operations:              
    Stock-based compensation   454,339       722,971  
    Depreciation and amortization expense   30,192       43,408  
    Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs   4,116       4,115  
                   
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:              
    Accounts receivable   (930,667 )     (237,506 )
    Contract assets   (60,692 )     (49,713 )
    Deferred contract cost   22,559       (3,417 )
    Other current assets   (163,283 )     (9,521 )
    Commission liability   (268,138 )     (40,950 )
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   (903,476 )     (495,357 )
    Deferred revenue   796,211       176,019  
    Net cash flows from operating activities   (5,358,306 )     (2,947,528 )
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:              
    Purchase of intangible assets   (1,700 )      
    Net cash flows from investing activities   (1,700 )      
                   
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:              
    Repayment of convertible notes   (245,000 )      
    Net cash flows from financing activities   (245,000 )      
                   
    Effect of Foreign Currencies   (208 )     (3,359 )
                   
    Net Change in Cash   (5,605,214 )     (2,950,887 )
    Cash, Beginning of the Period   8,471,561       10,177,099  
    Cash, End of the Period $ 2,866,347     $ 7,226,212  
                   
    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:              
    Cash paid for interest $ 13,137     $ 9,023  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Urgently Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VIENNA, Va., May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Urgent.ly Inc. (Nasdaq: ULY) (“Urgently”), a U.S.-based leading provider of digital roadside and mobility assistance technology and services, today reported financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “I am pleased with our solid start to the year, as we delivered revenue in line with our expectations and record gross margin of 26%. In addition, we achieved GAAP operating loss improvement of 71% and non-GAAP operating loss improvement of 93%, or $0.4 million, which was ahead of our guidance for non-GAAP operating loss of $1.0 million. By almost all key measures, we delivered our best quarter as a public company, and I am proud of the tireless effort across the organization to achieve these results. As we look ahead to the balance of the year, we expect to deliver positive sequential revenue growth during the third quarter, sustain our non-GAAP operating break-even and move closer to positive cash flow,” said Matt Booth, CEO of Urgently.

    First Quarter 2025 Updates:

    • Revenue of $31.3 million, a decrease of 22% year over year.
    • Gross profit of $8.0 million, a decrease of 15% year over year.
    • Gross margin of 26% compared to 23% in the prior year period.
    • GAAP operating expenses of $10.4 million, an improvement of 41%, compared to $17.7 million in the prior year period.
    • Non-GAAP operating expenses of $8.4 million, an improvement of 42%, compared to $14.5 million in the prior year period.
    • GAAP operating loss of $2.4 million compared to $8.3 million in the prior year period, an improvement of 71%.
    • Non-GAAP operating loss of $0.4 million, an improvement of 93%, compared to $5.1 million in the prior year period.
    • Approximately 189,000 dispatches completed.
    • Consumer satisfaction score of 4.6 out of 5 stars.

    Earnings Conference Call

    Urgently will host a conference call to discuss the first quarter 2025 financial results on May 13, 2025 at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The conference call can be accessed live over the phone by dialing 1-877-317-6789 (USA) or 1-412-317-6789 (International). The replay will be available via webcast through Urgently’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.geturgently.com.

    About Urgently

    Urgently is focused on helping everyone move safely, without disruption, by safeguarding drivers, promptly assisting their journey, and employing technology to proactively avert possible issues. The company’s digitally native software platform combines location-based services, real-time data, AI and machine-to-machine communication to power roadside assistance solutions for leading brands across automotive, insurance, telematics and other transportation-focused verticals. Urgently fulfills the demand for connected roadside assistance services, enabling its partners to deliver exceptional user experiences that drive high customer satisfaction and loyalty, by delivering innovative, transparent and exceptional connected mobility assistance experiences on a global scale. For more information, visit www.geturgently.com.

    For media and investment inquiries, please contact:

    Press: media@geturgently.com

    Investor Relations: investorrelations@geturgently.com

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    In addition to our financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, we believe Non-GAAP Operating Expenses and Non-GAAP Operating Loss are useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. We use the non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that the non-GAAP financial measures, when taken together with the corresponding GAAP financial measures, may be helpful to investors because they provide consistency and comparability with past financial performance and meaningful supplemental information regarding our performance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations, or outlook. The non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate similarly-titled non-GAAP financial measures differently or may use other measures to evaluate their performance, which could reduce the usefulness of the non-GAAP financial measures presented herein as a tool for comparison.

    A reconciliation is provided below for each of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to our most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, and not to rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. We define Non-GAAP Operating Expenses as operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and non-recurring charges (or income) such as transaction and restructuring costs. We define Non-GAAP Operating Loss as operating loss, excluding depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, and non-recurring charges (or income) such as transaction and restructuring costs.

    For a discussion of Non-GAAP Operating Expenses and Non-GAAP Operating Loss, please see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Urgently’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) by May 15, 2025.

    Forward Looking Statements

    This press release contains or may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or Urgently’s future financial or operating performance. Such statements are based upon current plans, estimates and expectations of management of Urgently in light of historical results and trends, current conditions and potential future developments, and are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements. The inclusion of forward-looking statements should not be regarded as a representation that such plans, estimates and expectations will be achieved. Forward-looking terms such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “plan,” “potential,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “project,” “predict,” “target,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate” or “expect” or the negative of these words or other words, terms and phrases of similar nature are often intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. All statements, other than historical facts, including, without limitation, statements regarding Urgently’s expected revenue growth, cash flow and non-GAAP operating loss break-even, and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing, are forward-looking statements.

    There are a significant number of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from statements made in this press release and our earnings call, including but not limited to: risks associated with our ability to raise funds through future financings and the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs; our history of losses; our limited operating history; our ability to service our debt, comply with our debt agreements and refinance our obligations under such agreements, including by successfully deploying the capital from the new credit facility and repaying our new and existing debt facilities; our ability to retain customers and expand existing customers’ use of our platform; our ability to attract new customers; our ability to expand into new solutions, technologies and geographic regions; our ability to adequately forecast consumer demand and optimize our network of service providers; our ability to compete in the markets in which we participate; our ability to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business; our ability to continue as a going concern; our ability to develop and maintain an effective system of internal controls and procedures and accurately report our financial results in a timely manner; our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; and expectations regarding the impact of weather events, natural disasters or health epidemics, including the war between Hamas and Israel, on our business. Our actual results could differ materially from those stated or implied in forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including but not limited to, risks detailed in our filings with the SEC, including in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 14, 2025, as amended by our annual report on Form 10-K/A, which was filed with the SEC on April 17, 2025, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and other filings and reports that we may file from time to time with the SEC. Forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this press release. We disclaim any obligation to update forward-looking statements.

    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)

        March 31, 2025     December 31, 2024  
    Assets            
    Current assets:            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,410     $ 14,179  
    Accounts receivable, net     23,506       22,890  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     2,900       3,687  
    Total current assets     32,816       40,756  
    Right-of-use assets     681       810  
    Property, equipment and software, net     1,529       1,577  
    Capitalized software costs, net     5,291       4,637  
    Intangible assets, net     4,006       4,396  
    Other non-current assets     2,109       1,895  
    Total assets   $ 46,432     $ 54,071  
                 
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit            
    Current liabilities:            
    Accounts payable   $ 3,160     $ 2,900  
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     15,783       19,991  
    Current lease liabilities     371       446  
    Current portion of long-term debt, net     13,198       14,257  
    Total current liabilities     32,512       37,594  
    Long-term lease liabilities     406       466  
    Long-term debt, net     40,381       39,883  
    Derivative liability     471        
    Other long-term liabilities     8,740       7,798  
    Total liabilities     82,510       85,741  
    Stockholders’ deficit:            
    Common stock     1       1  
    Additional paid-in capital     168,201       167,125  
    Accumulated deficit     (204,280 )     (198,796 )
    Total stockholders’ deficit     (36,078 )     (31,670 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 46,432     $ 54,071  

    Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Revenue   $ 31,272     $ 40,092  
    Cost of revenue     23,283       30,741  
    Gross profit     7,989       9,351  
    Operating expenses:            
    Research and development     1,968       4,243  
    Sales and marketing     703       2,019  
    Operations and support     2,411       4,321  
    General and administrative     4,368       6,014  
    Depreciation and amortization     986       1,102  
    Total operating expenses     10,436       17,699  
    Operating loss     (2,447 )     (8,348 )
    Other income (expense), net:            
    Interest expense, net     (3,277 )     (3,789 )
    Change in fair value of derivative liability     37        
    Change in fair value of accrued purchase consideration     77       821  
    Loss on debt extinguishment           (1,405 )
    Income from equity method investment     150        
    Other expense, net     (5 )     (255 )
    Total other expense, net     (3,018 )     (4,628 )
    Loss before income taxes     (5,465 )     (12,976 )
    Provision for income taxes     19       39  
    Net loss   $ (5,484 )   $ (13,015 )
                 
    Loss per share, basic and diluted   $ (4.69 )   $ (11.69 )

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)

    Reconciliation of Operating Expenses to Non-GAAP Operating Expenses

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Operating expenses   $ 10,436     $ 17,699  
    Less: Depreciation and amortization expense     (986 )     (1,102 )
    Less: Stock-based compensation expense     (538 )     (718 )
    Less: Non-recurring transaction costs     (375 )     (726 )
    Less: Restructuring costs     (174 )     (699 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 8,363     $ 14,454  
     

    Reconciliation of Operating Loss to Non-GAAP Operating Loss

        Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Operating loss   $ (2,447 )   $ (8,348 )
    Add: Depreciation and amortization expense     986       1,102  
    Add: Stock-based compensation expense     538       718  
    Add: Non-recurring transaction costs     375       726  
    Add: Restructuring costs     174       699  
    Non-GAAP operating loss   $ (374 )   $ (5,103 )

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Waldencast Reports Q1 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Q1 Net Revenue of $65.4 million, (4.1)% decline from Q1 2024
    76.4% Adjusted Gross Margin, an improvement of 10 basis points
    $4.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA

    LONDON, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Waldencast plc (NASDAQ: WALD) (“Waldencast” or the “Company”), a global multi-brand beauty and wellness platform, today reported operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025 (“Q1 2025”) on Form 6-K to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are also available on our investor relations site at http://ir.waldencast.com/.

    Michel Brousset, Waldencast Founder and CEO, said: “As anticipated, in Q1 2025, Milk Makeup results were impacted by the cycling of the very successful launch of Jellies in Q1 2024, as well as the significant inventory reduction at the retail level versus a year ago.”

    “Despite a broader slowdown in the prestige beauty category in the U.S., Milk Makeup ended the quarter on a very strong note, fueled by the highly successful launch of Hydro Grip Gel Tint, which sold out shortly after release. We are also very pleased with the brand’s entry into Ulta Beauty, with retail sales beginning in late February. Both initiatives exceeded expectations and contributed to the brand’s high single-digit growth in U.S. retail sales. This solid domestic performance was offset by the contraction of international sales, which faced a difficult comparison against last year’s Q1 distribution expansion, as well as inventory reduction by retail partners. In Q1, Milk Makeup partnered with Nike Running in North America for the Nike After Dark Tour in Los Angeles, bringing sport and self-expression together to keep expanding reach and deepen community engagement.”

    “The Obagi Medical brand delivered a solid performance in the first quarter, although out of stocks in some key SKUs dampened volume growth. We are accelerating ongoing efforts to transform our supply chain—consolidating third party logistics partners and enhancing operational capabilities—to improve fulfillment, increase reliability, and support long-term, scalable growth.”

    “Despite a difficult quarter, we continue to increase our investments in marketing, up in the high teens, to fuel brand equity and set a strong foundation for delivering our long-term ambitions, starting with our 2025 objectives.”

    “We are confident in our ability to deliver a stronger performance throughout the remainder of the year, beginning in Q2. Key drivers include a robust pipeline of breakthrough innovation at both Milk Makeup and Obagi Medical, combined with restocking of Hydro Grip Gel Tint which is expected to fuel continued consumer demand. We also anticipate a meaningful uplift in Milk Makeup volumes from the successful Ulta Beauty launch. Additionally, ongoing improvements from Obagi Medical’s supply chain restructuring are expected to enhance fulfillment rates and operational resilience,” concluded Mr. Brousset.

    Q1 2025 Results Overview

    Please refer to the definitions and reconciliations set out further in this release with respect to certain adjusted non-GAAP measures discussed below which are included to provide an easier understanding of the underlying performance of the business, but should not be seen as a substitute for the U.S. GAAP numbers presented in this release.

    For the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2024:

    Net Revenue decreased 4.1% year-over-year to $65.4 million.

    Gross Profit was $47.2 million, while Adjusted Gross Profit totaled $50.0 million, or 76.4% of net revenue, an expansion of 10 basis points compared to the prior year.

    Net Loss for Q1 2025 was $20.7 million primarily driven by Depreciation and Financial charges. Non-recurring legal and advisory expenses totaled $1.5 million, continuing their decline from prior quarter.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $4.4 million, or 6.7% of net revenue. The year-over-year decline reflects sustained investments in sales and marketing, and G&A deleverage stemming from lower revenue.

    Liquidity: As previously announced, during Q1, Waldencast secured a new $205 million five-year credit facility, comprising a $175 million term loan and a $30 million revolving credit facility (“RCF”). This refinancing replaces the previous bank loans, enhances financial flexibility, and extends the Company’s debt maturity profile to March 2030, supporting long-term strategic priorities.

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company held $10.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, $172.1 million in net debt, and approximately $22.5 million in available capacity under the RCF. The increase in net debt during the quarter is primarily due to refinancing-related costs. Cash consumption reflects lower Adjusted EBITDA and an inventory build-up to support expected sales growth in future quarters.

    Outstanding Shares: As of April 30, 2025, we had 123,011,239 ordinary shares outstanding, consisting of 112,644,711 Class A shares and 10,366,528 Class B shares. As of December 31, 2024, we had 122,692,968 ordinary shares outstanding, consisting of 112,026,440 Class A shares and 10,666,528 Class B shares.

                           
    (In $ millions, except for percentages)   Q1 2025   % Sales   % Growth     Q1 2024   % Sales
    Waldencast                      
    Net Revenue   65.4   100.0%   (4.1)%     68.3   100.0%
    Adjusted Gross Profit   50.0   76.4%   (4.0)%     52.1   76.3%
    Adjusted EBITDA   4.4   6.7%   (61.5)%     11.4   16.6%
                           
    Obagi Medical                      
    Net Revenue   36.2   100.0%   7.1%     33.8   100.0%
    Adjusted Gross Profit   29.7   82.0%   7.9%     27.5   81.4%
    Adjusted EBITDA   5.9   16.3%   (12.5)%     6.7   20.0%
                           
    Milk Makeup                      
    Net Revenue   29.3   100.0%   (15.1)%     34.5   100.0%
    Adjusted Gross Profit   20.4   69.5%   (17.3)%     24.6   71.3%
    Adjusted EBITDA   4.4   14.9%   (56.4)%     10.0   29.1%
                           

    First Quarter 2025 Brand Highlights:

    Obagi Medical:

    • Net Revenue reached $36.2 million, up 7.1% from $33.8 million in Q1 2024.
    • Growth was fueled by continued strength in the direct-to-consumer channels. The benefits from transitioning to a first-party model with our primary e-commerce distributor have now fully annualized.
    • The Physician Dispense channel declined in the quarter, largely due to ongoing supply chain restructuring and temporary inventory constraints affecting key products, which limited sales during the quarter.
    • Adjusted Gross Margin of 82.0% increased 60 basis points from Q1 2024, supported by a favorable channel mix and lower promotional activity.
    • Adjusted EBITDA was $5.9 million, down 12.5% compared to Q1 2024. The Adjusted EBITDA margin declined by 370 basis points year-over-year to 16.3%, primarily due to higher marketing investments and increased supply chain costs aimed at supporting future growth.

    Milk Makeup:

    • As anticipated, Milk Makeup’s Net Revenue declined in the quarter. Net Revenue was $29.3 million, down 15.1% versus $34.5 million in Q1 2024. This result was a combination of cycling a very successful launch of Jellies in Q1 2024 and a significant reduction of retail inventory levels quarter-over-quarter.
    • Sales momentum accelerated in March, driven by the successful strategic launch of Hydro Grip Gel Tint, which significantly exceeded expectations and led to out of stocks.
    • The brand also expanded into Ulta Beauty during the quarter, with strong initial sell-out contributing to high single-digit growth in U.S. retail sales.
    • Adjusted Gross Margin declined by 180 basis points versus Q1 2024, mostly impacted by set-up costs for new retailers.
    • Adjusted EBITDA was $4.4 million, with an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 14.9%. The margin contraction was primarily driven by increased marketing investments and G&A deleverage resulting from lower sales.

    Fiscal 2025 Outlook:

    While mindful of the broader macroeconomic environment and assuming no further material changes to current tariffs, including the latest updates on China, we remain confident that our strategic initiatives position us well to deliver on our full-year guidance of mid-teens net revenue growth and an adjusted EBITDA margin in the mid-to-high teens.

    Given our high gross margin business model and limited reliance on Asian sourcing, we expect a limited increase in cost of goods with any necessary price adjustments (likely in the low-to-mid single digits) to offset the announced tariff scenario.

    Conference Call and Webcast Information

    Waldencast will host a conference call to discuss its first quarter results on Wednesday, May 14, 2025, at 8:30 AM EDT for the period ended March 31, 2025. Those interested in participating in the conference call are invited to dial (877) 704-4453. International callers may dial (201) 389-0920. A live webcast of the conference call will include a slide presentation and will be available online at https://ir.waldencast.com/. A replay of the webcast will remain available on the website until our next conference call. The information accessible on, or through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this release.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    In addition to the financial measures presented in this release in accordance with U.S. GAAP, Waldencast separately reports financial results on the basis of the measures set out and defined below which are non-GAAP financial measures. Waldencast believes the non-GAAP measures used in this release provide useful information to management and investors regarding certain financial and business trends relating to its financial condition and results of operations. Waldencast believes that the use of these non-GAAP financial measures provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends. These non-GAAP measures also provide perspective on how Waldencast’s management evaluates and monitors the performance of the business.

    There are limitations to non-GAAP financial measures because they exclude charges and credits that are required to be included in GAAP financial presentation. The items excluded from GAAP financial measures such as net income/loss to arrive at non-GAAP financial measures are significant components for understanding and assessing our financial performance. Non-GAAP financial measures should be considered together with, and not alternatives to, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    Please refer to definitions set out in the release and the tables included in this release for a reconciliation of these metrics to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

    Adjusted Gross Profit is defined as GAAP gross profit excluding the impact of amortization of the supply agreement and formulation intangible assets, and the amortization of the fair value of the related party liability from the Obagi Medical China Business, which was not acquired by Waldencast at the time of the business combination with Obagi Medical and Milk Makeup (the “Business Combination”). The Adjusted Gross Profit reconciliation by Segment for each period is included in the Appendix.

    Adjusted Gross Margin is defined as Adjusted Gross Profit divided by GAAP Net Revenue.

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as GAAP net income (loss) before interest income or expense, income tax (benefit) expense, depreciation and amortization, and further adjusted for the items as described in the reconciliation below. We believe this information will be useful for investors to facilitate comparisons of our operating performance and better identify trends in our business. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expenses that are required to be presented in accordance with GAAP because management believes they are non-core to our regular business. These include non-cash expenses, such as depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, the amortization and release of fair value of the related party liability to the Obagi Medical China Business, change in fair value of assets and liabilities, and foreign currency translation loss (gain). In addition, adjustments include expenses that are not related to our underlying business performance including (1) legal, advisory and consultant fees related to the financial restatement of previously issued financial statements and associated regulatory investigation, and (2) other non-recurring costs, primarily legal settlement costs and restructuring costs. The Adjusted EBITDA by Segment for each period is included in the Appendix.

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net revenue. The Adjusted EBITDA Margin reconciliation by Segment for each period is included in the Appendix.

             
    (In thousands, except for percentages)   Three Months
    Ended March 31,
    2025
      Three Months
    Ended March 31,
    2024
    Net Loss   $ (20,735 )   $ (3,894 )
    Adjusted For:        
    Depreciation and amortization     14,998       14,884  
    Interest expense, net     6,384       4,293  
    Income tax expense (benefit)     1,398       (685 )
    Stock-based compensation expense     2,368       1,059  
    Legal and advisory non-recurring costs(1)     1,474       7,924  
    Change in fair value of assets and liabilities     (1,167 )     (12,160 )
    Amortization and release of related party liability(2)           (316 )
    Other costs(3)     (353 )     246  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 4,366     $ 11,351  
    Net Revenue   $ 65,442     $ 68,272  
    Net Loss % of Net Revenue   (31.7 )%   (5.7 )%
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin     6.7 %     16.6 %
    (1)   Includes mainly legal, advisory and consultant fees related to the financial restatement of the 2020-2022 periods and associated regulatory investigation, and the Business Combination.
    (2)   Relates to the fair value of the related party liability for the unfavorable discount to the Obagi Medical China Business as part of the Business Combination.
    (3)   Other costs include legal settlements, foreign currency translation losses and (gains), and restructuring costs.
         

    Net Debt Position is defined as the principal outstanding for the 2022 term loan and 2022 revolving credit facility minus the cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2025.

         
    (In thousands)   Reconciliation of
    Net Carrying
    Amount of debt to
    Net Debt
    Current portion of long-term debt   $ 7,740  
    Long-term debt     164,694  
    Net carrying amount of debt     172,434  
    Adjustments:    
    Add: Unamortized debt issuance costs     10,401  
    Less: Cash & cash equivalents     (10,782 )
    Net Debt   $ 172,053  
             

    About Waldencast plc

    Founded by Michel Brousset and Hind Sebti, Waldencast’s ambition is to build a global best-in-class beauty and wellness operating platform by developing, acquiring, accelerating, and scaling conscious, high-growth purpose-driven brands. Waldencast’s vision is fundamentally underpinned by its brand-led business model that ensures proximity to its customers, business agility, and market responsiveness, while maintaining each brand’s distinct DNA. The first step in realizing its vision was the Business Combination. As part of the Waldencast platform, its brands will benefit from the operational scale of a multi-brand platform; the expertise in managing global beauty brands at scale; a balanced portfolio to mitigate category fluctuations; asset light efficiency; and the market responsiveness and speed of entrepreneurial indie brands. For more information please visit: https://ir.waldencast.com.

    Obagi Medical is an industry-leading, advanced skin care line rooted in research and skin biology, refined with a legacy of over 35 years’ experience. First known as leaders in the treatment of hyperpigmentation with the Obagi Nu-Derm® System, Obagi Medical products are designed to address the appearance of premature aging, photodamage, skin discoloration, acne, and sun damage. More information about Obagi Medical is available on the brand’s website at www.obagi.com.

    Founded in 2016, Milk Makeup quickly became a cult-favorite among the beauty community for its values of self-expression and inclusion, captured by its signature “Live Your Look”, its innovative formulas, and clean ingredients. The brand creates vegan, cruelty-free, clean formulas and has its Milk Makeup HQ in Downtown NYC. Currently, Milk Makeup offers over 250 products through its U.S. website www.MilkMakeup.com, and retail partners including Sephora globally, Ulta Beauty in the U.S., Lyko in Scandinavia, Space NK and Boots in the United Kingdom and many more.

    Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    All statements in this release that are not historical, are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements about: Waldencast’s outlook and guidance for 2025; our ability to deliver financial results in line with expectations; expectations regarding sales, earnings or other future financial performance and liquidity or other performance measures; our long-term strategy and future operations or operating results; expectations with respect to our industry and the markets in which it operates; future product introductions; developments relating to the ongoing investigation and legal proceedings; and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” and “will” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

    These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, conditions or results, and involve a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other important factors, many of which are outside of our control, that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements, including, among others: (i) the impact of the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, including associated investigations, our efforts to remediate such material weakness and the timing of remediation and resolution of associated investigations; (ii) our ability to recognize the anticipated benefits from any acquired business, including the Business Combination; (iii) our ability to successfully implement our management’s plans and strategies; (iv) the overall economic and market conditions, sales forecasts and other information about our possible or assumed future results of operations or our performance; (v) the general impact of geopolitical events, including the impact of current wars, conflicts or other hostilities; (vi) the potential for delisting, legal proceedings or existing or new government investigation or enforcement actions, including those relating to the restatement or the subject of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors’ review further described in our annual report filed on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2022; (vii) our ability to manage expenses, our liquidity and our investments in working capital; (viii) any failure to obtain governmental and regulatory approvals related to our business and products; (ix) the impact of any international trade or foreign exchange restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency exchange fluctuations; (x) our ability to raise additional capital or complete desired acquisitions; (xi) our ability to comply with financial covenants imposed by the new 2025 credit agreement we entered into referenced in the section entitled “Liquidity” above and the impact of debt service obligations and restricted debt covenants; (xii) volatility of Waldencast’s securities due to a variety of factors, including Waldencast’s inability to implement its business plans or meet or exceed its financial projections and changes; (xiii) the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations, and identify and realize additional opportunities; (xiv) the ability of Waldencast to implement its strategic initiatives and continue to innovate Obagi Medical’s and Milk Makeup’s existing products and anticipate and respond to market trends and changes in consumer preferences; (xv) any shifts in the preferences of consumers as to where and how they shop; (xvi) the impact of any unfavorable publicity on our business or products; (xvii) changes in future exchange or interest rates or credit ratings; (xviii) changes in, and uncertainty with respect to, laws, regulations, and policies, including as a result of the change in the U.S. administration; and (xix) social, political and economic conditions. These and other risks, assumptions and uncertainties are more fully described in the Risk Factors section of our 2024 20-F (File No. 01-40207), filed with the SEC on March 20, 2025, and in our other documents that we file or furnish with the SEC, which you are encouraged to read.

    Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated or anticipated by such forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. Waldencast expressly disclaims any current intention, and assumes no duty, to update publicly any forward-looking statement after the distribution of this release, whether as a result of new information, future events, changes in assumptions or otherwise.

    Contacts:

    Investors
    ICR
    Allison Malkin
    waldencastir@icrinc.com

    Media
    ICR
    Brittney Fraser/Alecia Pulman
    waldencast@icrinc.com

    Appendix

    Adjusted Gross Profit

         
        Group
    (In thousands, except for percentages)   Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
    Net Revenue   $ 65,442     $ 68,271  
    Gross Profit     47,205       49,580  
    Gross Profit Margin     72.1 %     72.6 %
    Gross Margin Adjustments:        
    Amortization of the fair value of the related party liability(1)           (316 )
    Amortization impact of intangible assets(2)     2,801       2,801  
    Adjusted Gross Profit   $ 50,006     $ 52,065  
    Adjusted Gross Margin %     76.4 %     76.3 %
    (1)   Relates to the fair value of the related party liability for the unfavorable discount to the Obagi Medical China Business as part of the Business Combination.
    (2)   The supply agreement and formulations intangible assets are amortized to cost of goods sold.
         
        Obagi Medical   Milk Makeup
    (In thousands, except for percentages)   Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
    Net Revenue   $ 36,166     $ 33,768     $ 29,276     $ 34,503  
    Gross Profit     26,851       24,989       20,354       24,597  
    Gross Profit Margin     74.2 %     74.0 %     69.5 %     71.3 %
    Gross Margin Adjustments:                
    Amortization of the fair value of the related party liability           (316 )            
    Amortization impact of intangible assets     2,801       2,801              
    Adjusted Gross Profit   $ 29,652     $ 27,474     $ 20,354     $ 24,597  
    Adjusted Gross Margin %     82.0 %     81.4 %     69.5 %     71.3 %
                                     

    Adjusted EBITDA Margin by Segment

        Obagi Medical   Milk Makeup
    (In thousands, except for percentages)   Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
    Net Loss   $ (9,056 )   $ (5,761 )   $ (1,004 )   $ 5,340  
    Adjusted For:                
    Depreciation and amortization     10,420       10,395       4,578       4,489  
    Interest expense (income), net     3,385       3,187       (3 )     (55 )
    Income tax expense (benefit)     1,369       (687 )     25        
    Stock-based compensation expense     (526 )     (781 )     568       357  
    Legal and advisory non-recurring costs     189       467              
    Change in fair value of assets and liabilities     14                    
    Amortization and release of related party liability           (316 )            
    Other costs     104       239       206       (105 )
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ 5,900     $ 6,743     $ 4,370     $ 10,026  
    Net Revenue   $ 36,166     $ 33,768     $ 29,276     $ 34,503  
    Net Loss % of Net Revenue   (25.0 )%   (17.1 )%   (3.4 )%     15.5 %
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin     16.3 %     20.0 %     14.9 %     29.1 %
        Central costs
    (In thousands, except for percentages)   Three months
    ended March 31,
    2025
      Three months
    ended March 31,
    2024
    Net Loss   $ (10,676 )   $ (3,472 )
    Adjusted For:        
    Interest expense, net     3,002       1,160  
    Income tax expense     3       2  
    Stock-based compensation expense     2,326       1,482  
    Legal and advisory non-recurring costs     1,285       7,457  
    Change in fair value of assets and liabilities     (1,181 )     (12,160 )
    Other costs     (664 )     112  
    Adjusted EBITDA   $ (5,904 )   $ (5,419 )
    Net Revenue   $     $  
    Net Loss % of Net Revenue   N/A     N/A  
    Adjusted EBITDA Margin   N/A     N/A  
                 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Evolution Petroleum Reports Fiscal Third Quarter 2025 Results and Declares Quarterly Cash Dividend for Fiscal Fourth Quarter

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HOUSTON, Texas, May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Evolution Petroleum Corporation (NYSE American: EPM) (“Evolution” or the “Company”) today announced its financial and operating results for its fiscal third quarter ended March 31, 2025. Evolution also declared its 47th consecutive quarterly cash dividend of $0.12 per common share for the fiscal 2025 fourth quarter.

    Financial & Operational Highlights

    ($ in thousands) Q3 2025   Q2 2025   Q3 2024     % Change vs Q3/Q2     % Change vs Q3/Q3   2025 YTD   2024 YTD  
    % Change vs YTD’24
    Average BOEPD 6,667     6,935       7,209       (4 )%     (8 )%   7,033       6,651       6 %
    Revenues $ 22,561     $ 20,275     $ 23,025       11 %     (2 )%   $ 64,732     $ 64,650       %
    Net Income (Loss) (1) $ (2,179 )   $ (1,825 )   $ 289       NM       NM     $ (1,939 )   $ 2,845       NM  
    Adjusted Net Income (Loss) (1)(2) $ 806     $ (841 )   $ 978       NM       (18 )%   $ 701     $ 3,597       (81 )%
    Adjusted EBITDA(3) $ 7,421     $ 5,688     $ 8,476       30 %     (12 )%   $ 21,234     $ 22,011       (4 )%

    _____________________

    (1) “NM” means “Not Meaningful.”
    (2) Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure; see the non-GAAP reconciliation schedules to the most comparable GAAP measures at the end of this release for more information.
    (3) Adjusted EBITDA is Adjusted Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization and is a non-GAAP financial measure; see the non-GAAP reconciliation schedules to the most comparable GAAP measures at the end of this release for more information.
       
    • Fiscal Q3 production was 6,667 average barrels of oil equivalent per day (“BOEPD”), with oil accounting for 52% of revenue, natural gas accounting for 35%, and natural gas liquids (“NGLs”) accounting for 13% of revenue during the quarter.
    • Amid market volatility in fiscal Q3, the Company benefited from its diversified energy portfolio, as reflected by a 30% increase in Adjusted EBITDA(3) versus fiscal Q2.
    • Fiscal Q3 revenue rose 11% versus Fiscal Q2, largely driven by the strength of natural gas revenue, which increased 34% during the quarter.
    • $4.1 million returned to shareholders in the form of cash dividends during fiscal Q3, and $4.0 million of principal repaid on its Senior Secured Credit Facility.
    • Activities subsequent to quarter end:
      • Four gross new wells were brought online at the Chaveroo Field under budget, with early production rates exceeding expectations.
      • Closed the highly accretive $9.0 million acquisition of non-operated oil and natural gas assets located in New Mexico, Texas, and Louisiana (the “TexMex” acquisition).
      • As of today, production adds from the four new gross Chaveroo wells and TexMex are contributing more than 850 net BOEPD to production.

    Kelly Loyd, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented: “We are maintaining our quarterly dividend at $0.12 per share for the twelfth consecutive quarter, underscoring our commitment to sustainable shareholder returns as well as our confidence in the strength of our asset base, even in a volatile commodity price environment.

    “Our third quarter results reflect the benefits of our balanced, long-life portfolio of producing assets that are capable of both flourishing in attractive price environments and withstanding cyclical lows. Despite weather and maintenance-related downtime, which affected production, we were able to more than meet all of our capital obligations during the quarter, including ~$8.5 million in dividend and capex payments, as well as repayment of $4.0 million of principal on our Senior Secured Credit Facility.

    “Subsequent to quarter end, we closed the TexMex acquisition and turned in-line our latest four Chaveroo wells. TexMex and the four new gross Chaveroo wells are currently contributing more than 850 net BOEPD to production. We also expect to benefit from recent and ongoing drilling activities in our SCOOP/STACK area. When combined with the strength in natural gas prices, these production additions are expected to meaningfully benefit our next fiscal quarter.

    Mr. Loyd concluded, “In coordination with our Chaveroo partner, we have agreed to delay the start of our third development block until later into our fiscal year 2026. Our current focus is on acquiring oil-weighted, low-decline producing properties at discounted prices, or natural gas properties which can be hedged favorably for years to come, while strategically deferring development of our high-value, oil-weighted locations, preserving value for our shareholders until oil market conditions improve. Maintaining our dividend is a top priority, and we believe our resilient portfolio and strong financial position will enable us to continue with our dividend program well into the future.”

    Fiscal Third Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Total revenues decreased 2% to $22.6 million compared to $23.0 million in the year-ago quarter. The decline was driven primarily by an 8% decrease in production volumes, partially offset by a 7% increase in average realized commodity prices. The decrease in production volumes was primarily due to planned maintenance at the central facility and NGL plant downtime at Delhi Field, January winter weather impacts at Barnett Shale, as well as natural production declines, partially offset by additional production from the Company’s SCOOP/STACK properties acquired in February 2024.

    Lease operating costs (“LOE”) increased to $13.4 million compared to $12.6 million in the year-ago quarter. The increase was driven by CO2 purchases at Delhi Field, which resumed in October 2024 after being suspended in February 2024, coupled with a full quarter of the Company’s SCOOP/STACK properties acquired in February 2024, increasing lease operating costs by $0.5 million compared to the year-ago quarter. On a per unit basis, total LOE increased 16% to $22.32 per BOE compared to $19.24 per BOE in the year-ago quarter.

    Depletion, depreciation, and accretion expense was $5.0 million compared to $5.9 million in the year-ago period. On a per BOE basis, the Company’s current quarter depletion rate decreased to $7.68 per BOE compared to $8.43 per BOE in the year-ago period due to a decrease in its depletable base.

    General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses, excluding stock-based compensation, were $1.9 million for both the current and year-ago periods. On a per BOE basis, G&A expenses increased to $3.22 compared to $2.85 in the year-ago period. The increase per unit is the result of decreased production in the current period.

    The Company reported a net loss of $2.2 million or $(0.07) per share, compared to net income of $0.3 million or $0.01 per share in the year-ago period. Excluding the impact of unrealized losses, adjusted net income was $0.8 million or $0.02 per diluted share, compared to adjusted net income of $1.0 million or $0.03 per diluted share in the prior quarter.

    Adjusted EBITDA was $7.4 million compared to $8.5 million in the year-ago period. The decrease was primarily due to decreased revenue as a result of lower production and higher total operating costs due to CO2 purchases at Delhi Field, which resumed in October 2024 after being suspended in February 2024.

    Production & Pricing

    Average price per unit: Q3 2025   Q3 2024   % Change vs Q3/Q3
    Crude oil (BBL) $ 68.42     $ 73.06       (6) %
    Natural gas (MCF)   3.87       2.77       40 %
    Natural Gas Liquids (BBL)   32.28       25.26       28 %
    Equivalent (BOE)   37.60       35.10       7 %
                           

    Total production for the third quarter of fiscal 2025 decreased 7.5% to 6,667 net BOEPD compared to 7,209 net BOEPD in the year-ago period. Total production for the third quarter of fiscal 2025 included 1,911 barrels per day (“BOPD”) of crude oil, 3,723 BOEPD of natural gas, and 1,033 BOEPD of NGLs. The decrease in total production was driven by planned maintenance at the central facility and NGL plant downtime at Delhi Field, January winter weather impacts at Barnett Shale, as well as natural production declines partially offset by additional production from the Company’s SCOOP/STACK properties acquired in February 2024. Total oil and natural gas liquids production generated 65% of revenue for the quarter compared to 75% in the year-ago period.

    The Company’s average realized commodity price (excluding the impact of derivative contracts) increased 7% to $37.60 per BOE, compared to $35.10 per BOE in the year-ago period. These increases were primarily driven by an increase of approximately 40% in realized natural gas prices year over year.

    Operations Update

    At SCOOP/STACK, the Company brought online 13 gross wells fiscal year-to-date, with an additional five wells in progress.

    At Chaveroo, the Company successfully completed and brought online four new gross wells in the second development block. These wells were completed on schedule and under budget. Although very early in the productive life of the wells, production rates are significantly exceeding expectations.

    In the Williston Basin, oil production was up quarter over quarter as a result of deferred oil sales at the end of Q2 to Q3. Gas and NGLs increased quarter over quarter, benefiting from a full quarter of gas sales. The Williston field continues to generate solid returns.

    At Delhi, production was temporarily affected by planned maintenance at the Delhi Central Facility, which resulted in a shutdown of the entire field for a few days and at the NGL Plant for approximately two weeks.  At the end of the quarter, the decision was made to switch from purchasing CO2 volumes to additional water injection.  The operator will continue to inject approximately 300 MMCFPD of recycled CO2.  The Company and the operator believe this will be the most economical way to run the field and will significantly reduce operating costs while maximizing cash flow.

    Jonah remained steady, with a temporary dip in volumes during February due to the impact of winter weather. However, strong winter natural gas pricing contributed positively to overall cash flow for the quarter.

    Barnett Shale delivered consistent cash-flow generation, reflecting its reliability and operational stability. Despite brief downtime in January due to winter storms, production remained steady overall, with improved realized pricing for natural gas and NGLs serving as a tailwind for financial results. These favorable pricing dynamics helped offset broader commodity price weakness and underscore Barnett’s continued role as a valuable contributor to our diversified portfolio.

    Balance Sheet, Liquidity, and Capital Spending

    On March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents totaled $5.6 million, with a working capital deficit of $2.7 million primarily due to unrealized losses on current derivative contracts, which vary quarter-to-quarter based on forecasted commodity prices at the end of each quarter. Evolution had $35.5 million of borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility and total liquidity of $20.1 million, including cash and cash equivalents. In Fiscal Q3, Evolution paid $4.1 million in common stock dividends, $4.0 million in repayments of borrowings of its Senior Secured Credit Facility, $1.8 million in deposits for its TexMex Acquisition, and $4.4 million in capital expenditures. During the quarter ended March 31, 2025, the Company sold a total of approximately 0.2 million shares of its common stock under its At-the-Market Sales Agreement for net proceeds of approximately $1.1 million, after deducting less than $0.1 million in offering costs.

    The Company has received approval from its lender, MidFirst Bank, to extend the maturity of the existing Senior Secured Credit Facility to April 2028 and increase their total commitments from $50.0 million to $55.0 million. Also, the Company expects to receive $10.0 million in additional commitments from a new lender, Prism Bank, bringing the total commitments to $65.0 million.

    Cash Dividend on Common Stock

    On May 12, 2025, Evolution’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.12 per share of common stock, which will be paid on June 30, 2025, to common stockholders of record on June 13, 2025. This will be the 47th consecutive quarterly cash dividend on the Company’s common stock since December 31, 2013. To date, Evolution has returned approximately $130.7 million, or $3.93 per share, back to stockholders in common stock dividends.

    Conference Call

    As previously announced, Evolution Petroleum will host a conference call on Wednesday, May 14, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. CT to review its fiscal third quarter 2025 financial and operating results. Participants can join online at https://event.choruscall.com/mediaframe/webcast.html?webcastid=ASNQRrWs or by dialing (844) 481-2813. Dial-in participants should ask to join the Evolution Petroleum Corporation call. A replay will be available through May 14, 2026, via the webcast link provided and on Evolution’s Investor Relations website at www.ir.evolutionpetroleum.com.

    About Evolution Petroleum

    Evolution Petroleum Corporation is an independent energy company focused on maximizing total shareholder returns through the ownership of and investment in onshore oil and natural gas properties in the U.S. The Company aims to build and maintain a diversified portfolio of long-life oil and natural gas properties through acquisitions, selective development opportunities, production enhancements, and other exploitation efforts. Visit www.evolutionpetroleum.com for more information.

    Cautionary Statement

    All forward-looking statements contained in this press release regarding the Company’s current and future expectations, potential results, and plans and objectives involve a wide range of risks and uncertainties. Statements herein using words such as “believe,” “expect,” “may,” “plans,” “outlook,” “should,” “will,” and words of similar meaning are forward-looking statements. Although the Company’s expectations are based on business, engineering, geological, financial, and operating assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, many factors could cause actual results to differ materially from its expectations. The Company gives no assurance that its goals will be achieved. These factors and others are detailed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement.

    Contact
    Investor Relations
    (713) 935-0122
    ir@evolutionpetroleum.com

           
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,   March 31, 
      2025   2024   2024   2025   2024
    Revenues                            
    Crude oil $ 11,769     $ 14,538     $ 11,763     $ 38,269     $ 38,913  
    Natural gas   7,790       5,860       5,793       17,868       17,943  
    Natural gas liquids   3,002       2,627       2,719       8,595       7,794  
    Total revenues   22,561       23,025       20,275       64,732       64,650  
    Operating costs                            
    Lease operating costs   13,388       12,624       12,793       37,971       36,865  
    Depletion, depreciation, and accretion   5,014       5,900       5,433       16,172       14,760  
    General and administrative expenses   2,573       2,417       2,654       7,754       7,522  
    Total operating costs   20,975       20,941       20,880       61,897       59,147  
    Income (loss) from operations   1,586       2,084       (605 )     2,835       5,503  
    Other income (expense)                            
    Net gain (loss) on derivative contracts   (3,802 )     (1,183 )     (1,219 )     (3,223 )     (1,183 )
    Interest and other income   55       63       52       164       283  
    Interest expense   (705 )     (518 )     (764 )     (2,292 )     (584 )
    Income (loss) before income taxes   (2,866 )     446       (2,536 )     (2,516 )     4,019  
    Income tax (expense) benefit   687       (157 )     711       577       (1,174 )
    Net income (loss) $ (2,179 )   $ 289     $ (1,825 )   $ (1,939 )   $ 2,845  
    Net income (loss) per common share:                            
    Basic $ (0.07 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.09  
    Diluted $ (0.07 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.08  
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                            
    Basic   33,433       32,702       32,934       33,027       32,692  
    Diluted   33,433       32,854       32,934       33,027       32,920  
                                           
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

           
      March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
    Assets              
    Current assets              
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 5,601     $ 6,446  
    Receivables from crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids revenues   10,707       10,826  
    Derivative contract assets   828       596  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   2,658       3,855  
    Total current assets   19,794       21,723  
    Property and equipment, net of depletion, depreciation, and impairment              
    Oil and natural gas properties, net, full-cost method of accounting, of which none were excluded from amortization   133,514       139,685  
                   
    Other noncurrent assets              
    Derivative contract assets   48       171  
    Other assets   3,038       1,298  
    Total assets $ 156,394     $ 162,877  
    Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity              
    Current liabilities              
    Accounts payable $ 11,977     $ 8,308  
    Accrued liabilities and other   7,092       6,239  
    Derivative contract liabilities   3,453       1,192  
    State and federal taxes payable         74  
    Total current liabilities   22,522       15,813  
    Long term liabilities              
    Senior secured credit facility   35,500       39,500  
    Deferred income taxes   4,572       6,702  
    Asset retirement obligations   20,398       19,209  
    Derivative contract liabilities   1,742       468  
    Operating lease liability         58  
    Total liabilities   84,734       81,750  
    Commitments and contingencies              
    Stockholders’ equity              
    Common stock; par value $0.001; 100,000,000 shares authorized: issued and outstanding 34,284,369 and 33,339,535 shares as of March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024, respectively   34       33  
    Additional paid-in capital   45,786       41,091  
    Retained earnings   25,840       40,003  
    Total stockholders’ equity   71,660       81,127  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 156,394     $ 162,877  
                   
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

    (In thousands)

                                 
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,   March 31, 
      2025   2024   2024   2025   2024
    Cash flows from operating activities:                            
    Net income (loss) $ (2,179 )   $ 289     $ (1,825 )   $ (1,939 )   $ 2,845  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                            
    Depletion, depreciation, and accretion   5,014       5,900       5,433       16,172       14,760  
    Stock-based compensation   642       549       659       1,860       1,585  
    Settlement of asset retirement obligations   (66 )     (19 )     (182 )     (346 )     (19 )
    Deferred income taxes   (2,101 )     766       252       (2,130 )     124  
    Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative contracts   3,926       1,063       1,368       3,426       1,063  
    Accrued settlements on derivative contracts   (57 )     94       9       (114 )     94  
    Other   (4 )     (3 )     (1 )     (7 )      
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                            
    Receivables from crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids revenues   (26 )     (2,495 )     29       (34 )     (4,734 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   965       (1,151 )     (1,494 )     1,400       (1,425 )
    Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and other   1,149       (1,629 )     3,471       4,382       814  
    State and federal taxes payable                     (74 )     (365 )
    Net cash provided by operating activities   7,263       3,364       7,719       22,596       14,742  
    Cash flows from investing activities:                            
    Acquisition deposits   (1,800 )                 (1,800 )      
    Acquisition of oil and natural gas properties   (20 )     (43,788 )     (69 )     (351 )     (43,788 )
    Capital expenditures for oil and natural gas properties   (4,404 )     (2,648 )     (758 )     (7,902 )     (8,353 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (6,224 )     (46,436 )     (827 )     (10,053 )     (52,141 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:                            
    Common stock dividends paid   (4,109 )     (4,003 )     (4,082 )     (12,224 )     (12,037 )
    Common stock repurchases, including stock surrendered for tax withholding   (71 )     (818 )     (103 )     (262 )     (1,031 )
    Borrowings under senior secured credit facility         42,500                   42,500  
    Repayments of senior secured credit facility   (4,000 )                 (4,000 )      
    Issuance of common stock   1,145             2,259       3,404        
    Offering costs   (70 )           (236 )     (306 )      
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   (7,105 )     37,679       (2,162 )     (13,388 )     29,432  
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   (6,066 )     (5,393 )     4,730       (845 )     (7,967 )
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period   11,667       8,460       6,937       6,446       11,034  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 5,601     $ 3,067     $ 11,667     $ 5,601     $ 3,067  
                                           

    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation – Adjusted EBITDA (Unaudited)

    (In thousands)

    Adjusted EBITDA and Net income (loss) and earnings per share excluding selected items are non-GAAP financial measures that are used as supplemental financial measures by our management and by external users of our financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks, and others, to assess our operating performance as compared to that of other companies in our industry, without regard to financing methods, capital structure, or historical costs basis. We use these measures to assess our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital expenditures. Our Adjusted EBITDA and Net income (loss) and earnings per share, excluding selected items, should not be considered alternatives to net income (loss), operating income (loss), cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA and Net income (loss) and earnings per share excluding selected items may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of another company because all companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Net income (loss) and earnings per share excluding selected items in the same manner.

    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation, depletion, and accretion (DD&A), stock-based compensation, ceiling test impairment, and other impairments, unrealized loss (gain) on change in fair value of derivatives, and other non-recurring or non-cash expense (income) items.

                                     
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,   March 31, 
      2025     2024   2024     2025     2024
    Net income (loss) $ (2,179 )   $ 289     $ (1,825 )   $ (1,939 )   $ 2,845  
    Adjusted by:                                
    Interest expense   705       518       764       2,292       584  
    Income tax expense (benefit)   (687 )     157       (711 )     (577 )     1,174  
    Depletion, depreciation, and accretion   5,014       5,900       5,433       16,172       14,760  
    Stock-based compensation   642       549       659       1,860       1,585  
    Unrealized loss (gain) on derivative contracts   3,926       1,063       1,368       3,426       1,063  
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 7,421     $ 8,476     $ 5,688     $ 21,234     $ 22,011  
                                           
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Non-GAAP Reconciliation – Adjusted Net Income (Unaudited)

    (In thousands, except per share amounts)

           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,   March 31, 
      2025   2024   2024   2025   2024
    As Reported:                            
    Net income (loss), as reported $ (2,179 )   $ 289     $ (1,825 )   $ (1,939 )   $ 2,845  
                                 
    Impact of Selected Items:                            
    Unrealized loss (gain) on commodity contracts   3,926       1,063       1,368       3,426       1,063  
    Selected items, before income taxes $ 3,926     $ 1,063     $ 1,368     $ 3,426     $ 1,063  
    Income tax effect of selected items(1)   941       374       384       786       311  
    Selected items, net of tax $ 2,985     $ 689     $ 984     $ 2,640     $ 752  
                                 
    As Adjusted:                            
    Net income (loss), excluding selected items(2) $ 806     $ 978     $ (841 )   $ 701     $ 3,597  
                                 
    Undistributed earnings allocated to unvested restricted stock   (96 )     (21 )     (100 )     (274 )     (73 )
    Net income (loss), excluding selected items for earnings per share calculation $ 710     $ 957     $ (941 )   $ 427     $ 3,524  
                                 
    Net income (loss) per common share — Basic, as reported $ (0.07 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.09  
    Impact of selected items   0.09       0.02       0.03       0.08       0.02  
    Net income (loss) per common share — Basic, excluding selected items(2) $ 0.02     $ 0.03     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.11  
                                 
                                 
    Net income (loss) per common share — Diluted, as reported $ (0.07 )   $ 0.01     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.08  
    Impact of selected items   0.09       0.02       0.03       0.08       0.03  
    Net income (loss) per common share — Diluted, excluding selected items(2)(3) $ 0.02     $ 0.03     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.01     $ 0.11  

    _____________________

    (1) The tax impact for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, is represented using estimated tax rates of 24.0% and 35.2%, respectively. The tax impact for the three months ended December 31, 2024, is represented using estimated tax rates of 28.0%. The tax impact for the nine months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 is represented using estimated tax rates of 22.9% and 29.2%, respectively.
    (2) Net income (loss) and earnings per share excluding selected items are non-GAAP financial measures presented as supplemental financial measures to enable a user of the financial information to understand the impact of these items on reported results. These financial measures should not be considered an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss), cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and earnings per share may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of another company because all companies may not calculate Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and earnings per share in the same manner.
    (3) The impact of selected items for the three months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, were each calculated based upon weighted average diluted shares of 33.6 million and 32.9 million, respectively, due to the net income (loss), excluding selected items. The impact of selected items for the three months ended December 31, 2024, was calculated based upon weighted average diluted shares of 32.9 million due to the net income (loss), excluding selected items. The impact of selected items for the nine months ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, was each calculated based upon weighted average diluted shares of 33.2 million and 32.9 million, respectively, due to the net income (loss), excluding selected items.
       
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Supplemental Information on Oil and Natural Gas Operations (Unaudited)

    (In thousands, except per unit and per BOE amounts)

                                           
      Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,   March 31, 
      2025   2024   2024   2025   2024
    Revenues:                                      
    Crude oil $ 11,769     $ 14,538     $ 11,763     $ 38,269     $ 38,913  
    Natural gas   7,790       5,860       5,793       17,868       17,943  
    Natural gas liquids   3,002       2,627       2,719       8,595       7,794  
    Total revenues $ 22,561     $ 23,025     $ 20,275     $ 64,732     $ 64,650  
                                           
    Lease operating costs:                                      
    Ad valorem and production taxes $ 1,473     $ 1,459     $ 1,441     $ 4,328     $ 4,009  
    Gathering, transportation, and other costs   2,913       2,527       2,889       8,592       6,926  
    Other lease operating costs   9,002       8,638       8,463       25,051       25,930  
    Total lease operating costs $ 13,388     $ 12,624     $ 12,793     $ 37,971     $ 36,865  
                                           
    Depletion of full cost proved oil and natural gas properties $ 4,607     $ 5,532     $ 5,024     $ 14,956     $ 13,680  
                                           
    Production:                                      
    Crude oil (MBBL)   172       199       179       555       519  
    Natural gas (MMCF)   2,011       2,115       2,125       6,364       6,091  
    Natural gas liquids (MBBL)   93       104       105       311       295  
    Equivalent (MBOE)(1)   600       656       638       1,927       1,829  
    Average daily production (BOEPD)(1)   6,667       7,209       6,935       7,033       6,651  
                                           
    Crude oil (BBL) $ 68.42     $ 73.06     $ 65.72     $ 68.95     $ 74.98  
    Natural gas (MCF)   3.87       2.77       2.73       2.81       2.95  
    Natural Gas Liquids (BBL)   32.28       25.26       25.90       27.64       26.42  
    Equivalent (BOE)(1) $ 37.60     $ 35.10     $ 31.78     $ 33.59     $ 35.35  
                                           
    Average cost per unit:                                      
    Ad valorem and production taxes $ 2.46     $ 2.22     $ 2.26     $ 2.25     $ 2.19  
    Gathering, transportation, and other costs   4.86       3.85       4.53       4.46       3.79  
    Other lease operating costs   15.00       13.17       13.26       13.00       14.18  
    Total lease operating costs $ 22.32     $ 19.24     $ 20.05     $ 19.71     $ 20.16  
                                           
    Depletion of full cost proved oil and natural gas properties $ 7.68     $ 8.43     $ 7.87     $ 7.76     $ 7.48  

    _____________________

    (1) Equivalent oil reserves are defined as six MCF of natural gas and 42 gallons of NGLs to one barrel of oil conversion ratio, which reflects energy equivalence and not price equivalence. Natural gas prices per MCF and NGL prices per barrel often differ significantly from the equivalent amount of oil.
    (2) Amounts exclude the impact of cash paid or received on the settlement of derivative contracts since we did not elect to apply hedge accounting.
       
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Summary of Production Volumes and Average Sales Price (Unaudited)

       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,
      2025   2024   2024
      Volume   Price   Volume   Price   Volume   Price
    Production:                                              
    Crude oil (MBBL)                                              
    SCOOP/STACK   28     $ 71.36       30     $ 78.71       35     $ 70.52  
    Chaveroo Field   8       56.78       15       76.39       9       67.55  
    Jonah Field   7       67.69       8       72.25       7       64.54  
    Williston Basin   34       64.35       35       70.29       30       64.64  
    Barnett Shale   3       68.03       3       73.05       2       65.99  
    Hamilton Dome Field   34       58.88       35       61.21       35       57.53  
    Delhi Field   58       76.04       73       77.08       60       68.66  
    Other                           1       71.61  
    Total   172     $ 68.42       199     $ 73.06       179     $ 65.72  
    Natural gas (MMCF)                                              
    SCOOP/STACK   317     $ 4.91       214     $ 2.11       314     $ 2.89  
    Chaveroo Field               7       2.29              
    Jonah Field   758       4.02       843       3.94       803       3.21  
    Williston Basin   32       3.89       20       1.36       18       1.41  
    Barnett Shale   904       3.39       1,031       1.98       990       2.31  
    Total   2,011     $ 3.87       2,115     $ 2.77       2,125     $ 2.73  
    Natural gas liquids (MBBL)                                              
    SCOOP/STACK   13     $ 27.84       10     $ 25.14       18     $ 21.34  
    Chaveroo Field               1       22.86              
    Jonah Field   8       32.14       9       31.93       9       30.08  
    Williston Basin   8       23.74       4       23.96       2       17.86  
    Barnett Shale   49       33.48       59       22.85       57       25.86  
    Delhi Field   15       37.20       20       30.48       19       29.13  
    Other               1       25.87              
    Total   93     $ 32.28       104     $ 25.26       105     $ 25.90  
                                                   
    Equivalent (MBOE)(1)                                              
    SCOOP/STACK   94     $ 41.90       76     $ 40.56       105     $ 35.48  
    Chaveroo Field   8       56.78       17       68.40       9       67.55  
    Jonah Field   141       26.63       158       26.72       150       22.14  
    Williston Basin   47       53.08       42       61.15       35       57.00  
    Barnett Shale   203       24.13       234       15.41       224       17.29  
    Hamilton Dome Field   34       58.88       35       61.21       35       57.53  
    Delhi Field   73       68.19       93       67.21       79       59.37  
    Other               1       25.87       1       71.61  
    Total   600     $ 37.60       656     $ 35.10       638     $ 31.78  
                                                   
    Average daily production (BOEPD)(1)                                              
    SCOOP/STACK   1,044               835               1,141          
    Chaveroo Field   89               187               98          
    Jonah Field   1,567               1,736               1,630          
    Williston Basin   522               462               380          
    Barnett Shale   2,256               2,571               2,435          
    Hamilton Dome Field   378               385               380          
    Delhi Field   811               1,022               859          
    Other                 11               12          
    Total   6,667               7,209               6,935          

    _____________________

    (1) Equivalent oil reserves are defined as six MCF of natural gas and 42 gallons of NGLs to one barrel of oil conversion ratio, which reflects energy equivalence and not price equivalence. Natural gas prices per MCF and NGL prices per barrel often differ significantly from the equivalent amount of oil.
       
    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Summary of Average Production Costs (Unaudited)

       
      Three Months Ended
      March 31,    December 31,
      2025   2024   2024
      Amount   Price   Amount   Price   Amount   Price
    Production costs (in thousands, except per BOE):                                              
    Lease operating costs                                              
    SCOOP/STACK $ 1,106     $ 11.74     $ 619     $ 8.18     $ 1,050     $ 9.97  
    Chaveroo Field   128       15.77       161       9.12       122       12.92  
    Jonah Field   2,184       15.51       2,313       14.63       2,196       14.62  
    Williston Basin   1,476       31.45       1,413       33.69       1,190       34.12  
    Barnett Shale   3,739       18.47       3,767       16.07       4,030       18.03  
    Hamilton Dome Field   1,237       36.36       1,566       45.34       1,188       34.18  
    Delhi Field   3,518       48.04       2,785       30.19       3,017       38.15  
    Total $ 13,388     $ 22.32     $ 12,624     $ 19.24     $ 12,793     $ 20.05  
                                                   

    Evolution Petroleum Corporation

    Summary of Open Derivative Contracts (Unaudited)

    For more information on the Company’s hedging practices, see Note 7 to its financial statements included on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC for the quarter ended March 31, 2025.
    The Company had the following open crude oil and natural gas derivative contracts as of May 12, 2025:

                                           
                Volumes in     Swap Price per   Floor Price per   Ceiling Price per
    Period   Commodity   Instrument   MMBTU/BBL     MMBTU/BBL   MMBTU/BBL   MMBTU/BBL
    April 2025 – June 2025   Crude Oil   Fixed-Price Swap   25,571     $ 73.49                  
    April 2025 – June 2025   Crude Oil   Collar   41,601             $ 65.00     $ 84.00  
    April 2025 – December 2025   Crude Oil   Fixed-Price Swap   32,229       72.00                  
    July 2025 – December 2025   Crude Oil   Fixed-Price Swap   81,335       71.40                  
    January 2026 – March 2026   Crude Oil   Collar   43,493               60.00       75.80  
    April 2026 – June 2026   Crude Oil   Fixed-Price Swap   17,106       60.40                  
    April 2025 – December 2025   Natural Gas   Collar   681,271               4.00       4.95  
    April 2025 – December 2026   Natural Gas   Fixed-Price Swap   3,010,069       3.60                  
    January 2026 – March 2026   Natural Gas   Collar   375,481               3.60       5.00  
    January 2026 – March 2026   Natural Gas   Collar   213,251               4.00       5.39  
    April 2025 – December 2027   Natural Gas   Fixed-Price Swap   3,729,540       3.57                  
    April 2026 – October 2026   Natural Gas   Collar   433,428               3.50       4.55  
                                           

    This press release was published by a CLEAR® Verified individual.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Russia: IMF Executive Board Concludes 2025 Article IV Consultation with St. Kitts and Nevis

    Source: IMF – News in Russian

    May 13, 2025

    Washington, DC: The Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the Article IV Consultation for St. Kitts and Nevis[1] The authorities have consented to the publication of the Staff Report prepared for this consultation.

    Following the post-pandemic rebound, the economy is facing challenges. Real GDP growth moderated to 1.5 percent in 2024, reflecting lower contributions from tourism and government services, while inflation eased to 1 percent. The fiscal deficit increased to 11 percent of GDP in 2024, mainly driven by a sharp decline in Citizenship-by-Investment (CBI) revenue amid recent reforms aimed at strengthening the CBI program. The current account deficit widened due to lower CBI inflows. Meanwhile, credit growth accelerated on the back of pent-up demand, especially in mortgage loans, amid increasing competition. Groundwork is ongoing for a potentially transformative geothermal project.

    In 2025, economic growth is projected to strengthen to 2 percent supported by expanding tourism, while inflation is expected to remain stable.[2] In the medium term, growth is forecast to rise to 2½ percent, benefiting from large energy projects. Nonetheless, fiscal deficits are forecasted to remain high in the medium term, driven by expectations of structurally lower CBI revenue, resulting in public debt exceeding 70 percent of GDP by 2030.

    Near-term risks to growth are tilted to the downside, but progress in fostering renewable energy provides upside potential over the medium term. The uncertainty and volatility of CBI revenue pose a significant two-sided risk, but a further decline in CBI revenue would pressure fiscal accounts. Downside risks include a slowdown in key source markets for tourism, global financial instability, and commodity price volatility. The economy is highly exposed to natural disasters. On the other hand, the energy projects could foster growth and fiscal revenue in the medium term.

    Executive Board Assessment[3]

    Executive Directors welcomed the authorities’ commitment to prudent policy reforms and stressed that the significant challenges the economy is facing require a multipronged approach to address low growth and fiscal sustainability, while safeguarding financial stability and the external position.

    Directors encouraged the authorities to implement a prompt and decisive fiscal consolidation to keep public debt below the regional debt ceiling and reduce reliance on the Citizenship‑by‑Investment Program (CBI). This would create space for capital expenditure, resilience against natural disasters, and contingent liabilities. Directors stressed that fiscal consolidation should be driven by tax revenue mobilization and reductions in current expenditures, anchored by fiscal rules. Greater diversification of funding sources would also help to lengthen debt maturities and lower financing costs. Directors supported the authorities’ plan to establish a Sovereign Wealth Fund to absorb upsides in CBI revenue and called for continuing improvements in the CBI framework, including its transparency. They also welcomed the authorities’ initiatives to implement reforms to improve the sustainability of the Social Security Fund.

    Directors underscored that further progress is needed to strengthen the financial sector, including to reduce NPLs and meet the ECCB’s prudential requirements. They emphasized the importance of continuing to strengthen the balance sheet of the systemic bank and to revitalize its business model. Directors also called for reforms of the Development Bank, building on the authorities’ work in this area. They stressed the need to monitor rapid credit growth and further strengthen the regulation and oversight of credit unions. It will also be important to make additional progress in strengthening the AML/CFT framework.

    Directors emphasized that structural reforms and improved preparedness for natural disasters are crucial to boost potential growth. They stressed that reforms are necessary to enhance the efficiency of government services, improve credit access, and better align labor skills with market demands. Directors noted that accelerating the energy transition would help increase competitiveness. Finally, they underscored the need to enhance the investment and the multi‑layered insurance frameworks to strengthen natural disaster preparedness.

    St. Kitts and Nevis: Selected Economic Indicators 2020-26 1/

       

    Est.

    Proj.

    2020

    2021

    2022

    2023

    2024

    2025

    2026

    (Annual percentage change, unless otherwise specified)

    National income and prices

    Real GDP (market prices) 2/

    -14.6

    -1.7

    10.5

    4.3

    1.5

    2.0

    2.2

    Real GDP (factor cost) 2/

    -13.4

    -1.0

    8.0

    5.0

    4.3

    0.7

    0.5

    Consumer prices, period average

    -1.2

    1.2

    2.7

    3.6

    1.0

    1.7

    2.0

    Real effective exchange rate appreciation (+) (end-of-period)

    -1.0

    -3.1

    -1.4

    -0.7

    -2.4

    Money and credit 3/

    Broad money

    -8.1

    8.9

    3.7

    -1.9

    2.5

    13.5

    8.9

    Change in net foreign assets

    -0.4

    9.1

    -7.0

    -6.4

    -12.8

    -2.3

    -2.0

    Net credit to general government

    -18.4

    -4.8

    4.9

    0.3

    9.3

    10.3

    6.6

    Credit to private sector

    -4.0

    7.7

    5.8

    5.2

    9.8

    8.1

    6.4

    (In percent of GDP)

    Public sector 4/

    Total revenue and grants

    33.5

    46.6

    45.2

    43.0

    31.1

    32.5

    33.2

      o/w Tax revenue

    18.8

    19.0

    18.4

    19.3

    18.7

    18.2

    19.0

      o/w CBI fees

    11.3

    23.4

    25.3

    21.7

    8.1

    9.0

    9.0

    Total expenditure and net lending

    36.5

    41.2

    49.4

    43.3

    41.7

    42.2

    39.8

    Overall balance

    -3.1

    5.4

    -4.2

    -0.3

    -10.6

    -9.8

    -6.6

    Total public debt (end-of-period)

    68.0

    69.1

    60.2

    55.9

    52.2

    61.4

    65.6

    General government deposits

    (percent of GDP) 5/

    21.6

    30.4

    21.6

    20.4

    10.4

    10.3

    9.9

    External sector

    External current account balance

    -10.8

    -3.4

    -11.4

    -11.6

    -15.1

    -13.1

    -12.8

    Trade balance

    -28.0

    -24.8

    -34.7

    -32.8

    -32.7

    -32.3

    -33.3

    Memorandum items

     

     

     

     

    Net international reserves, end-of-period

     

     

     

    (in millions of U.S. dollars)

    365.4

    312.8

    270.3

    262.4

    270.7

    269.0

    267.3

     

     

     

    Nominal GDP at market prices

    (in millions of EC$)

    2,387

    2,318

    2,650

    2,850

    3,017

    3,048

    3,171

    Sources: St. Kitts and Nevis authorities; ECCB; UNDP; World Bank; and IMF staff estimates and projections.

    1/ The staff report projections are based on the information available as of March 27, 2025. Therefore, they do not reflect the impact of trade tensions since April 2, 2025.

    2/ In June 2021, the National Statistics Office revised historical GDP series.

    3/ The series for monetary aggregates have been revised consistent with the 2016 Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual and Compilation Guide.

    4/ Consolidated general government balances. Primary and overall balances are based on above-the-line data.

    5/ Includes only central government deposits at the commercial banks.

                                 

    [1] Under Article IV of the IMF’s Articles of Agreement, the IMF holds bilateral discussions with members, usually every year. A staff team visits the country, collects economic and financial information, and discusses with officials the country’s economic developments and policies. On return to headquarters, the staff prepares a report, which forms the basis for discussion by the Executive Board.

    [2] Since the issuance of the Staff Report, economic growth has been marked down, reflecting the impact of trade tensions combined with their effects on global policy uncertainty and global financial conditions, primarily through tourism and FDI (see the Supplement).

    [3] At the conclusion of the discussion, the Managing Director, as Chair of the Board, summarizes the views of Executive Directors, and this summary is transmitted to the country’s authorities. An explanation of any qualifiers used in summings up can be found here: http://www.IMF.org/external/np/sec/misc/qualifiers.htm.

    IMF Communications Department
    MEDIA RELATIONS

    PRESS OFFICER: Rosa Hernandez Gomez

    Phone: +1 202 623-7100Email: MEDIA@IMF.org

    https://www.imf.org/en/News/Articles/2025/05/12/pr-25139-st-kitts-and-nevis-imf-executive-board-concludes-2025-article-iv-consultation

    MIL OSI

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI Security: DHS Lands Legal Victory in IRS Data Sharing Case: “Win for the American People and for Common Sense”

    Source: US Department of Homeland Security

    U.S. District Court blocks injunction request by activist legal groups seeking to prevent DHS from working with the IRS to enforce immigration laws 

    WASHINGTON – The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) secured an initial legal victory and released the following statement on Monday night’s decision by the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia denying an injunction that would have prevented DHS and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) from partnering to help U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) access information to better enforce criminal immigration laws.   

    Statement Attributable to Assistant Secretary Tricia McLaughlin:  

    Under President Trump’s leadership, the government is finally doing what it should have all along—sharing information across the federal government to solve problems. Biden not only allowed millions of illegal aliens to flood into our country, but he lost them through incompetence and improper processing.  

    Information sharing across agencies is essential to identify who is in our country, including violent criminals, determine what public safety and terror threats may exist so we can neutralize them, scrub these individuals from voter rolls, and identify what public benefits these aliens are using at taxpayer expense. With the IRS information specifically, DHS plans to focus on enforcing long-neglected criminal laws that apply to illegal aliens but which the Biden Administration ignored. 

    “Today’s ruling is a victory for the American people and for common sense.” 

    The Judge states in the decision, “At its core, this case presents a narrow legal issue: Does the Memorandum of Understanding between the IRS and DHS violate the Internal Revenue Code? It does not.” 

    An excerpt from Judge Friedrich’s decision is below.  

    ###

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Discharge 2023: EU general budget – Commission, executive agencies and European Development Funds – P10_TA(2025)0077 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to its decision on discharge in respect of the implementation of the general budget of the European Union for the financial year 2023, Section III – Commission,

    –  having regard to its decisions on discharge in respect of the implementation of the budgets of the executive agencies for the financial year 2023,

    –  having regard to Rule 101 of and Annex V to its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

    –  having regard to the letter from the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgetary Control (A10-0074/2025),

    A.  whereas the eleventh EDF has reached its final stage as its sunset clause came into effect on 31 December 2020; whereas, however, specific contracts for existing financing agreements were signed until 31 December 2023, and the implementation of the ongoing projects funded by the EDF will continue until their final completion;

    B.  whereas the ninth, tenth and eleventh(1) EDFs were not incorporated into the Union general budget and continue to be implemented and reported on separately until their closure;

    C.  whereas, for the 2021-2027 MFF, development cooperation aid to ACP countries is integrated in the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (‘NDICI-Global Europe’) as part of the EU general budget, and development cooperation aid to OCTs, including Greenland, has been incorporated into the Decision on the Overseas Association;

    D.  whereas the EDFs are managed almost entirely by the Commission’s DG INTPA with a small proportion (7 %) of the 2023 EDF expenditure being managed by DG NEAR;

    Political priorities

    1.  Underlines its strong commitment to the Union’s fundamental values and principles which are enshrined in the Treaty on the European Union (TEU) and the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU); in the framework of the discharge process, stresses especially the principles of sound financial management as set out in Article 317 TFEU and the combatting of fraud and protection of the financial interests of the Union as set out in Article 325 TFEU;

    2.  Underlines the importance of the principle of separation of powers in the Union and recalls that according to the Treaty, the institutions shall practice mutual sincere cooperation; believes that under no circumstances the actions of one Union institution should affect the independence of another institution; urges all other institutions to respect the role of the Parliament as the sole Union institution directly elected by the citizens and to refrain from any undue, direct or indirect interference in its legislative processes, thereby ensuring that Parliament’s decision making-process remains free and independent from other Union institutions or any other entities;

    3.  Highlights the importance of the Union budget for achieving the Union’s political priorities, as well as its role in assisting Member States in unforeseen situations such as international conflicts or crises and their consequences; points out in this regard the continuing relevance of investments and support from the Union budget for reducing disparities between Member States and regions, for promoting economic growth and employment, for combating poverty and social exclusion, and thus for improving the daily life of European citizens;

    4.  Notes that the Court of Auditors (the Court) for the financial year 2023 has issued a clean opinion concerning the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of revenue; at the same time, regrets that the Court has had to issue for the 5th consecutive year an adverse opinion on the legality and regularity of Union budget expenditure and a qualified opinion on the legality and regularity of expenditure under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF);

    5.  Expresses its deep concerns that the overall error rate estimated by the Court has been on a rising trend since the financial year 2020 and has reached 5,6 % for the financial year 2023; notes that there are significant differences in the error rates between headings which range from spending areas with error rates below the materiality threshold of 2 % up to an error rate of 9,3 % in the case of cohesion policy; further notes that discharge is a political process where all issues related to a specific financial year may be taken into consideration and that the decision on whether to grant or refuse discharge should remain factual and anchored in the Union acquis, and that it is taken for the budget as a whole; urges the Commission, finally, to take into account the Court’s recommendations and to reduce the overall error rate over the coming years; further asks the Commission to present an Action Plan within the four months on reducing the error rate;

    6.  Is concerned that the Commission and the Court have different interpretations of what the “error rate” represents, thus generating confusion; expresses its support for a common audit approach and methodology and strongly calls on both institutions to find a solution to the divergent approaches before the 2024 discharge; is concerned that the Commission is systematically underestimating the existing error level and that this could lead to an ineffective protection of the financial interests of the Union;

    7.  Expresses again its deep its concern that the accumulated outstanding commitments (RAL – reste à liquider) have reached a record level of EUR 543 billion, equivalent to 3,2 % of the total GDP of the Union at the end of 2023 and representing more than double the Union annual budget for 2023; underlines that such a record high level of outstanding commitments risks creating challenges for the future smooth implementation of extraordinary high levels of payments and/or leading to significant decommitments to the detriment of the implementation of Union policy objectives;

    8.  Further expresses its concern that the outstanding debt from borrowing has reached EUR 458,5 billion, equivalent to 2,7 % of the total GDP of the Union at the end of 2023; notes that the increase in outstanding debt during 2023, equivalent to EUR 110,5 billion, has made the Union one of the largest debt issuers in Europe; further notes that the amount of outstanding debt is projected to increase further during the coming years, especially due to increased borrowing linked to the RRF and financial assistance to a number of countries including Ukraine which is the victim of a war of aggression by Russia; reiterates its deep concerns that the increase in debt makes the Union budget more vulnerable to increases in interest rates since a part of the debt will have to be serviced and repaid by the Union budget;

    9.  Recalls the importance of a strict application of the financial rules of the Union in all programmes and on all beneficiaries, in order to avoid all forms of fraud, conflicts of interest, corruption, double funding and money laundering;

    10.  Underlines the importance of the rule of law as one of the fundamental values of the Union and stresses that the Rule of Law Conditionality Mechanism is crucial in order to ensure that Member States continue to respect the principles of the rule of law; reiterates its deep concerns about the deteriorating rule of law situation in certain Member States including attacks or restrictions to the activities of civil society organisations, which not only poses a significant threat to democratic values but also leads to an increased risk of financial losses for the Union budget; calls for the provision of adequate support to civil society organisations active in the field; acknowledges the emergence of new forms of rule of law violations by national governments and calls on the Commission to address these evolving challenges; calls on the Commission to ensure strict and fast implementation of all elements of the mechanism when Member States breach the principles of the rule of law where such breaches affect, or risk affecting, the financial interests of the Union; at the same time, underlines the need for complete and timely information on decisions related to the implementation of the Rule of Law Conditionality Mechanism; encourages the Commission to explicitly assess when shortcomings in the rule of law are of a systemic nature; calls for a stronger emphasis on the implementation of country-specific recommendations, coupled with effective follow-up mechanisms and measurable benchmarks; proposes the establishment of a comprehensive rule of law monitoring framework involving all Union institutions, Member States, and candidate countries, aimed at ensuring coherence and uniformity across the Union, while at the same time ensuring a fair and impartial application; calls on the Commission to propose measures to ensure the protection of final beneficiaries in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without undermining the application and effectiveness of the regulation;

    11.  Takes note of the innovative nature of the RRF and its contribution to supporting Member States in recovering from the economic and social consequences of the pandemic and creating a more resilient European economy; is of the opinion that any shift to a performance-based approach based on the RRF as a model requires addressing the many issues identified in its implementation, as well as assessing data on its full impact, before using such a model; recalls the many problems identified in the implementation of the RRF which would need to be addressed, including, but not limited to: the lack of adequate consultation of the regional and local authorities and other relevant stakeholders, such as social partners and civil society organisations and the lack of their involvement in the implementation; the weak cross border dimension, which may hint to a reduced EU added value in that respect; the lack of a clear definition of the milestones and targets and their satisfactorily fulfilment; the insufficient flexibility; the common debt with long-term debt payment as a consequence; the serious transparency, audit and control problems of the program which make it impossible for the citizens to be informed about the final beneficiaries of actions funded by the Union and pushes Member States to use RRF funds to cover projects very similar to those financed by Cohesion funds but with a much more limited capacity of control; reiterates the concern about the interpretation of the Commission and Member States on what a “final recipient” of RRF funding represents, which is not in line with the agreement of the REPowerEU negotiations and maintains that ministries, public authorities or other contracting authorities cannot be listed as final recipients of RRF funding; further expresses concern about the findings of the Court in relation to the risk of double funding and financing of recurring budgetary expenditure which are not in line with the RRF legal basis;

    12.  Notes that the set-up of the NGEU mechanism implies that the repayment of NGEU loans must start before the end of 2027 and be completed by 2058 at the latest; is concerned that the increase in interest rates over the last years has increased the borrowing costs under the NGEU significantly compared with original estimates; reiterates the need to fully respect the timeline of the legally binding roadmap for the introduction of new own resources and underlines that swift progress on new own resources is essential to repay NGEU and safeguard the current and future MFFs;

    13.  Stresses the urgent need for significant de-bureaucratisation, streamlining and simplification of all Union policies and their funding in line with the recommendations in the Draghi report(2) in order to ease the burdens for European businesses and increase European competitiveness, while ensuring the protection of the financial interests of the Union; underlines that simplification will also have a positive effect on error rates in the implementation of policies because many errors happen because of overcomplicated rules which are difficult to navigate, especially for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs), new applicants, spin-offs and start-ups;

    14.  Reiterates the need to balance the further simplification of rules and procedures with much more systematic use of digitalised reporting, better and more robust controls and adequate ex post checks on the most repeated areas of irregular spending that do not add excessive bureaucratic complexity for beneficiaries, develop training sessions and practical information for applicants, in particular new applicants, and improve the assistance and guidelines for SMEs, spin-offs, start-ups, administration and payment agencies and all other relevant stakeholders; reminds that a robust control system under the responsibility of the Commission is particularly needed for the RRF;

    15.  Stresses the need and highlights the importance of the NDICI programme for the support to global challenges, the promotion of human rights, freedoms and democracy; underlines the importance of reinforcing the Eastern Neighbourhood line in order to support political, economic and social reforms in this challenged region;

    16.  Underlines that it is imperative for the credibility of the Union that the Commission ensures that no Union funds are allocated to individuals or organisations linked to any kind of terrorist movements or any other movement expressing extremist views, inciting violence and/or hatred, that are directly in opposition to the European Union’s fundamental values, including Islamist anti-Semitic, anti-Christian and anti-Islamic movements; in this context, recalls that there have been allegations that 19 of 13 000 UNRWA employees in Gaza were involved in the despicable terrorist attacks by Hamas against Israel on 7 October; recalls that in 9 cases their employment was formally terminated in the interests of UNRWA; takes note of the results of the investigation launched by the UN Office of Internal Oversight Services (OIOS); underlines that the Commission should also establish better controls ensuring that no such funding happens indirectly through third parties and organise better traceability of Union funds to final beneficiaries;

    17.  Reiterates deep concerns about the increase in the exploitation of Union funds against Union principles and values, especially when the use of funds and transfers to other organisations are not entirely traceable; warns of the danger of Union funds ultimately being used within corrupt circles and being subject to fraud and irregularities, foreign interference or entrism; emphasises the importance of ‘final beneficiary transparency’ for Union funds;

    18.  Emphasises the importance of maintaining institutional integrity and preventing potential foreign interference; condemns any improper attempt to influence the legislative activities of the European Parliament; insists on the responsibility of OLAF to conduct all necessary in-depth investigations; stresses the importance of the work carried out by the European Public Prosecutor’s Office (EPPO) in protecting the European Union’s financial interests; insists to provide to the EPPO adequate financial and human resources; recalls the Agreement establishing an interinstitutional body for ethical standards for members of institutions and advisory bodies referred to in Article 13 of the Treaty on European Union, and insist on its swift implementation in all EU institutions;

    19.  Recalls the crucial role of civil society organisations (CSOs), including NGOs, in upholding democratic values to support a vibrant and lively democratic society, ensuring a sound basis for broad coverage of all relevant views in different debates and highlights that CSOs may receive support from Union funds to exercise these functions, as provided in Article 11 of the Treaty on European Union;

    20.  Notes that there have been allegations from some Members of the Budgetary Control committee that grant agreements, concluded by the Commission included detailed lobbying activities which could be interpreted as potentially interfering with internal decision making in the Union Institutions; notes that the Commission took a series of measures to address the allegations by adopting guidance on funding for activities related to the development, implementation, monitoring and enforcement of Union legislation and policy, stating that while such grant agreements did not breach the EU legal framework, they could potentially entail a reputational risk for the Union; notes that all grant agreements include a disclaimer stating that ‘views of the beneficiary do not in any way represent views of the EU and that granting authority cannot be held responsible for them’; notes that such a disclaimer was further added in the 2024 call for proposals for operation grants;

    21.  Notes that a screening of grant agreements in all portfolios to verify their alignment with the new guidance is ongoing and that, so far, the Commission has not communicated to the Parliament the full results of the screening nor other measures that the Commission might take, if necessary; calls the Commission to keep the discharge authority informed at all times; emphasises that transparency in stakeholder meetings is fundamental to democratic integrity and should apply equally to all entities engaging with Union institutions; stresses that clear documentation and disclosure of such interactions strengthens public trust and democratic accountability;

    22.  Recalls that EU funding requires stringent accountability and transparency standards; in line with the ECA recommendations in the Special Report 05/2024(3) and the recent special Report 11/2025(4), urges the Commission to ensure that the information disclosed in the Financial Transparency System is frequently updated, reliable, comparable and useful; stresses the need to allocate additional resources to the EUTR Secretariat to enable a systematic and thorough monitoring of the Transparency Register; this should include allocating resources towards AI implementation to develop an AI based search mechanism; recalls the need to proactively check that all entities beneficiaries of EU funds respect EU values;

    23.  Welcomes the reply of Commissioner Serafin to the written question(5), once again confirming EU funding was granted and used by NGOs in full respect of EU Treaties and LIFE Regulation(6); takes further note of the recent ECA Special Report on transparency of EU funding granted to NGOs(7), which, while stating that the use of EU funding for NGO advocacy is legal, also confirms it is in line with EU’s legal transparency requirements as laid down in the EU Financial Regulation; at the same time ECA SR 11/2025 points to the fact that more should be done to improve transparency of EU funding received by all beneficiaries; calls in this regard on the Commission to implement ECA recommendations regarding screening of self-declarations in the EU’s Financial Transparency System, as well as proactive monitoring of the respect to EU fundamental values and principles by the beneficiaries;

    24.  Welcomes the entry into force of the recast of the Financial Regulation; welcomes, in particular, the enhancements related to tracking Union funds through digital tools and interoperability that will bolster the protection of the Union Financial Interests, the targeted extension of the Early Detection and Exclusion System (EDES) to shared management following MFF 2027, the reference to the Rule of Law conditionality mechanism and the introduction of a conditionality based on Union values as enshrined in Article 2 TEU, as well as the opportunity to streamline SMEs and individual applicants with the introduction of very low-value grants;

    CHAPTER 1 – Multi-annual Financial Framework (MFF)

    The European Court of Auditors’ statement of assurance and budgetary and financial management

    Reliability of the accounts

    25.  Welcomes the Court’s conclusion in its annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023(8), that the consolidated accounts of the European Union for that year are reliable; notes that the Court has issued a clean opinion on the reliability of the accounts every year since 2007;

    26.  Notes that on 31 December 2023, total liabilities amounted to EUR 679,9 billion, and total assets amounted to EUR 467,7 billion; notes that the difference of EUR 212,2 billion represents the negative net assets, comprising debt and the portion of expenses already incurred by the Union up to 31 December 2023 that must be funded by future budgets;

    27.  Notes that at the end of 2023, the estimated value of incurred but not yet claimed eligible expenses due to beneficiaries, recorded as accrued expenses, was EUR 155,2 billion (2021: EUR 148,7 billion), of which EUR 7,4 billion is related to accrued RRF expenditure;

    28.  Welcomes the Court’s conclusion that the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, including those related to NextGenerationEU (NGEU), the estimate related to the UK’s withdrawal process, and the impact of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, are presented fairly in the consolidated annual accounts;

    Legality and regularity of Union revenue

    29.  Notes the Court’s conclusion that the Union’s revenue is free from material error and that the managing systems examined by the Court were generally effective;

    Legality and regularity of Union expenditure

    30.  Strongly regrets the adverse opinion on the legality and regularity of the Union budget expenditure issued by the Court for the fifth year in a row; considers this increasingly problematic, as the Commission seems unable, or unwilling, to identify the cause and address the underlying issues; regrets the Commission is not accepting some recommendations of the Court of Auditors; notes in particular the importance of reinforcement of financial management of the Commission and Member States, that is considered as not reliable by the Court and therefore compromises the reliability of the Annual Management and Performance Report; calls on the Commission to present a clear action plan on reducing the error rate within the following four months; stresses that Parliament shall duly scrutinise such an action plan;

    31.  Is seriously concerned by the Court’s estimation of the error level of 5,6 % in 2023 expenditure; notes that this is an accelerated deterioration compared to the previous two years (4,2 % in 2022 and 3.0 % in 2021); notes with concern that the Court continues to detect substantial issues in reimbursement-based expenditure where the estimated level of error is 7,9 %; notes that the effect of the errors found by the Court is estimated to be both material and pervasive; calls for the Commission’s financial management to be tightened up, in accordance with the recommendations made by the Court in its Annual Reports and Special Reports, in order to resolutely tackle the high error rate over the next few years; underlines the Court’s warning that the increasing European debt is placing growing pressure on the Union budget;

    32.  Notes that the Commission in its Annual Management and Performance Report categorises the expenditure into higher, medium and lower risk categories, in order to focus action on high-risk areas; while the Court uses only two risk categories in order to produce an opinion on the legality and regularity of the expenditures; is worried that the Court’s work revealed limitations in the Commission’s ex-post work, which, taken together, affect the robustness of the Commission’s risk assessment; notes with concern that one of the areas most impacted was ‘Cohesion, resilience and values’, where the Court assessed the majority of the spending to be high risk, while the Commission classified only a minority in this way;

    33.  Reiterates the concerns about the Court observation that the Commission’s risk assessment is likely to underestimate the level of risk in several areas; is also worried by recurrent weaknesses identified by the Court in Member States’ management and control systems, which are still not still preventing or detecting irregularities in heading 2, thus limiting the reliance that can be placed on their work, while the Commission’s error rates do still rely on these national systems, which do not work effectively;

    34.  Notes that the increase is primarily caused by the estimated level of error under MFF heading 2 – cohesion, resilience and values, where the Court found 9,3 % of expenditure to be in breach of Union rules and regulations; recalls the underlying issues that are reported by the Court and that have been known for several years;

    35.  Underlines that the estimated level of error in the Union’s expenditure, as presented in the Court’s statement of assurance, is an estimate of the money that should not have been paid out because it was not used in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations; considers that, though not an indicator of fraud or corruption, the estimated level of error represents expenditure where corrective actions are necessary, and thus shows a wasteful use of resources; regrets that, while being a problem in itself, this will also give a negative impression to citizens, and may even call into question the Commission’s ability to effectively protect the Union’s financial interests;

    36.  Notes with concern that the Commission´s own estimate of the risk at payment is only 1,9 % for 2023 and has been at that level since 2020; notes that the Commission estimates its capacity to correct and recover irregular expenditure during implementation of the associated programmes at 1,0 %, resulting in a risk at closure of 0,9 %; is concerned that again for this year the Commission’s risk at payment is not only below the Court estimated level of error of 5,6 % but also below the Court range, which is between 4,4 % and 6,8 %; highlights that the divergence between the Court’s overall error rate and the Commission’s risk at payment is also evident in some of the specific spending areas, in particular in heading 2, even more than in the past; welcomes the Court’s estimate of the level of error as an important indicator for the existing risks;

    37.  Notes the multi-annual perspective of the Commission’s risk at closure, as corrections and recoveries after year-end are not reflected in the Court’s estimate of the level of error; regrets, however, the confusion caused by the Commission’s presentation of the risk at payment;

    38.  Recalls the positions expressed in the 2022 discharge resolution and the exchanges of views in the discharge hearings for the financial year 2023 on the diverging methodologies and estimates between the Court and the Commission of errors made in Union expenditure; notes in particular that the Court’s error rate is based on a statistical sample, whereas the Commission’s risk at payment is to a large extent compiled from the error rates reported by national auditing authorities in Member States and calculated only after corrections and repayments; reminds that the Court’s error rate includes the errors that remained undetected by the Member States and the Commission, which demonstrates that the Commission’s error rates are an underestimation; notes with concern an even wider gap between the Court’s and Commission’s estimates; further notes that the Commission and the Court are organising joint workshops on this issue; notes that the Court recently aligned its methodology on procurement in the decentralised agencies with the methodology of the Commission; reiterates its support for the independent audit approach and methodology of the Court and invites the Commission to cooperate with the Court with a view to increasing harmonisation and providing for more comparable estimates of the level of error;

    39.  Recalls that the discharge authority needs a statement of assurance, provided by the Court, on the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions at year-end for its decision on discharge for that year; notes that Union spending programmes are multiannual and that their management and control systems cover multiple years, allowing for corrections and recoveries after year-end;

    40.  Recalls that the Commission is responsible for preventing and detecting fraud; notes that the Court, in the exercise of its mandate, is obliged to report any cases of irregularity; notes that the Court forwards to the EPPO suspicions of criminal offences falling under its competences and to OLAF suspicions of fraud, corruption or other illegal activity affecting the Union’s financial interests; notes that, in 2023, the Court reported 20 cases of suspected fraud to OLAF, and in parallel reported 12 of these cases to the EPPO, resulting so far in four OLAF investigations and nine EPPO investigations; commends the Court for its reporting of cases of irregularity to OLAF and the EPPO, as information resulting from audit engagements usually has a high degree of reliability; reminds in this framework of the key role played by the whole Union’s anti-fraud architecture and expresses some concerns about the refusal of some Member States to cooperate with one of its elements, the EPPO;

    Budgetary and financial management

    41.  Notes that in 2023, 98,9 % of the available commitment appropriations were used (EUR 184,4 billion out of EUR 186,5 billion); notes that the available appropriations were higher than the MFF ceiling of EUR 182,7 billion due to the use of special instruments for new or unforeseen events; notes that 90,0 % of payment appropriations were used (EUR 162,0 billion of EUR 165,2 billion available);

    42.  Notes with concern that the total outstanding commitments, which represent future debts if not decommitted, reached an all-time high of EUR 543 billion (2022: EUR 450 billion); notes that the Commission foresees a decrease from 2025 to 2029 when committed amounts for both NGEU and the 2021-2027 programming period should be paid out; notes however that the actual amounts for 2023 (EUR 543 billion) are much higher than the forecasted amount (EUR 490 billion), calling the Commission’s estimates into question;

    43.  Recalls that the time available for implementing shared management funds under the 2021-2027 MFF is shorter than under previous MFFs because of the n+2 for the last year, which, coupled with the high RAL, will raise the risk of decommitments; notes the Court’s observation that the Commission has increased its forecasted amount of decommitments from EUR 7,6 billion for 2023-2027, to EUR 8,1 billion for 2024-2027 to EUR 8,8 billion for 2025-2027, a 15 % increase in 2 years; underlines with concern that the Commission has underestimated its projections for the RAL in the last two years, and that the Commission therefore likely underestimates the amount of decommitments that will be made until 2027; notes the introduction of the “cascade mechanism” following the mid-term review of the MFF 2021-2027 and the incentive to use decommitted amounts to cover increased interest costs for amounts borrowed by the Commission for NGEU;

    44.   Notes that the latest long-term payment forecast produced by the Commission foresees substantial decommitments as of 2027 unless Member States undertake additional efforts and implement at a much faster pace than in the period 2014-2020; notes that for the CF, ERDF, and ESF+ cohesion policy funds, the Commission forecast total decommitments for 2024-2027 at EUR 2,2 billion, more than five times its 2022 forecast of EUR 0,4 billion; warns that for the Just Transition Fund (JTF), the low implementation in 2023 puts important amounts at risk from 2025 onwards; calls on the Commission and on the Member States to use all of the available possibilities to avoid decommitments;

    45.  Notes with concern that Union debt increased from EUR 344,3 billion in 2022 to EUR 458,5 billion in 2023, 60 % of which is related to NGEU; notes that only for the debt issued for NGEU, associated interest costs need to be paid directly from the Union Budget and that, due to increased interest rates, these costs for the current MFF (until the end of 2027) are estimated to be between EUR 17 billion and EUR 27 billion higher than the initially forecasted EUR 14,9 billion;

    46.  Notes with concern that the total exposure of the Union budget because of guarantees and contingent liabilities for loans rose to EUR 298,0 billion; notes that assumptions on capital-market interest should be made conservatively, both for existing debt and new debt and that for both categories a viable plan for its repayment is necessary; notes that the Court received information from the Commission that indicates that the exposure will steadily increase in the coming years, putting additional pressure on the headroom of the budget and further reducing the flexibility of the Union budget; supports the Court recommendations to the Commission to act more proactively to ensure that its mitigating tools (such as the Common Provisioning Fund) have sufficient capacity as well as to provide more transparent reporting on total annual budget exposure, making its estimate public;

    47.  Notes with concern that the Court in its Special Report 07/2024(9) observed that a significant share of recovery orders issued between 2014 and 2022 were still outstanding at the time of their audit; further notes that the Commission, in its replies to the Parliament’s Committee on Budgetary Control’s (CONT Committee) written questions for the 2023 discharge, mentioned that there are 1 357 overdue recovery orders for a total outstanding amount of approximately EUR 335 million for the period 2014-2023; calls on the Commission to prioritise collecting monies under overdue recovery orders and to keep the Committee on Budgetary Control informed about progress made;

    48.  Highlights that equality is a founding value of the Union and is enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union; recalls the commitment of the Union to gender mainstreaming in its policy-making and implementation of Union funds, including gender budgeting; encourages the Commission to continue the efforts made in gender budgeting and in tracking the impact of the Union budget to foster gender equality; recalls the obligation of the Commission to accompany all legislative proposals with an impact assessment when they are projected to have a significant economic, social, and environmental impact in order to guarantee, among other things, fair distribution of funds;

    49.  Notes that the review of the Interinstitutional Agreement on the Transparency Register is due by July 2025; calls on the Commission to ensure that the process is as open as possible, to align financial reporting requirements across all categories of registrants (including funding sources and lobbying budgets), addressing also the risk identified in the Court’s Special Report on the EU Transparency Register (SR 05/2024) regarding self-declarations on the category of interest representation; believes that, in order to address the recommendations of the Court, the resources of the secretariat of the Transparency Register should be increased;

    50.  Recalls the following findings of the Court of Auditors’ Special Report 11/2025: (i) that the identification and registration of entities as NGOs are not always consistent and reliable; (ii) that despite a more streamlined granting process, issues with the completeness and accuracy of data remain; (iii) that the lack of a reliable overview of Union spending on NGOs hampers useful analysis; (iv) that the calls for proposals in the Court’s sample were transparent; (v) that respect for Union values is not pro-actively verified; and (vi) that transparency practices vary widely in the Court’s sample, with larger NGOs performing better. calls on the Commission to fully implement the recommendations in the Court’s Special Report;

    Recommendations

    51.  Strongly supports the recommendations of the Court in its annual report on the implementation of the budget for the financial year 2023 (annual report for the 2023 financial year)(10) as well as in related special reports; calls on the Commission to implement them without delay and to keep the discharge authority informed on the progress of the implementation;

    52.  Calls on the Court to look for ways, together with the Commission, to align their methodologies for the general budget, as in the case of procurement for the decentralised agencies, while respecting the different roles;

    53.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) continue to engage with the Court in order to increase understanding, convergence and comparability of the two approaches to the diverging estimates of errors in Union expenditure;
       (ii) qualify the impact of corrective measures on the overall level of error;
       (iii) look for ways, together with the Court, to align their methodologies as regards the evaluation of procurement errors, and the estimation of the level of error for the general budget, as in the case of procurement for the decentralised agencies, while respecting the different roles;
       (iv) present the discharge authority with a strategy to strengthen the use of funds for their intended purpose, increase absorption and prevent decommitments in order to maximise the EU-added value of the Union Budget;
       (v) increase the reliability of the forecast of the outstanding commitments with a more realistic estimate of the absorption of Union funds to give the discharge authority a better forecast of the development of the RAL over the years and better protect the Union budget;
       (vi) report on, and provide sufficient measures to, protecting the Union budget from the different risks identified beyond the RAL, such as decommitments in cohesion policy, the increasing debt, increased budget exposure and the impact of increasing inflation;
       (vii) provide more transparent reporting on total annual budget exposure by presenting, in the Annual Management and Performance Report, a multi-annual outlook on the exposure of the Union Budget to budgetary guarantees;
       (viii) substantially simplify rules and procedures and improve the assistance to, and ensure consistent and user-friendly guidelines for SMEs, new applicants, spin-offs, start-ups, administration and payment agencies, CSOs and all other relevant stakeholders, without compromising the quality of the controls;
       (ix) make sure that the mitigation tools in place have sufficient capacity to effectively face the exposure risks of the Union budget;
       (x) boost efforts to improve transparency in the use of funds, including as regards information on final beneficiaries, including on the funds that are allocated for the preparation of policy and legislative proposals;
       (xi) put in place all necessary means for ensuring that all interest representatives that approach Union institutions are registered in the Transparency Register; further asks the Commission to set up an effective mechanism to ensure that entities funded by the Union in the Transparency Register are aligned with Union values and demand full transparency on their financing, providing a deeper insight into the financing of all entities registered and which should be the condition to approach all Union institutions, bodies and agencies;
       (xii) together with Parliament and Council, guarantee adequate resources for the secretariat of the Transparency Register in order to ensure that the entries on the lobbying activities of all interest representatives can be checked for accuracy and that lobbying become more transparent as requested in the Court in Special Report 05/2024 on the EU Transparency Register; calls on the Commission to allocate adequate resources to identify irregularities to guarantee a wide range of search capabilities;
       (xiii) require interest representatives in the Transparency Register to list their financial supporters by self-declaring that they are only representing their interests or the collective interests of their members and to propose an amendment to Annex II to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 20 May 2021 to require them to list their financial supporters in the EU Transparency Register, even if they state in that register that they are only representing the interests of their own members; urges entities already registered that have not listed their financial resources by self-declaration to declare them voluntarily before the interinstitutional agreement is amended;
       (xiv) continue to support Member States in improving both the quality and the quantity of checks and to share best practices in the fight against fraud and corruption;
       (xv) address the situation regarding late recovery orders and to take all necessary measures to recover the majority of the amount outstanding for the period 2014-2023, including implementation of corporate escalation mechanisms, and keep the discharge authority informed on the progress made in recovering the sums;
       (xvi) reinforce the capacity of the Anti-fraud Architecture of the Union, including the provision of sufficient financial and human resources, and facilitate the cooperation between them;

    Revenue

    54.  Welcomes that for 2023, the Court is also able to issue a clean opinion on the legality and regularity of revenue; at the same time, stresses that the problems with customs duties not being declared or being incorrectly declared (a customs gap) leading to a shortfall in collected import duties has been a persistent problem for many years and could potentially entail a loss of traditional own resources for the Union and for the Member States;

    55.  Notes with serious concern that the Court has examined the implementation of the Commission’s Customs Action Plan, which has the potential to lead to a significant reduction of the customs gap, and has again identified insufficient progress in the implementation of some actions from this plan; notes that the Commission, as part of this plan, proposed a customs reform in May 2023(11), including the establishment of the EU Customs Authority and EU Customs Data Hub;

    56.  Recalls that the Court has highlighted the risks to the EU’s financial interests from inadequate or ineffective customs controls of imported goods; commends the efforts made by OLAF on the fight against Fraud linked to customs duties and VAT; underlines the rise of the ecommerce and the online platforms risks due to potential security and safety threats and risk of non-compliance with EU taxation and customs rules, product standards, intellectual property rights, prohibitions and restrictions;

    57.  Notes with concern that the Court revealed that the Commission did not charge late interest payments for six cases related to late corrections to GNI data by Member States where the Commission has expressed reservations; agrees with the Court that the Commission, as a matter of principle, ought to charge late interest payments in such cases in order to create an incentive for Member States to address the reservations within the deadlines;

    58.  Notes with satisfaction that the new own resource based on non-recycled plastic packaging waste generated by Member States in 2023 amounted to EUR 7,2 billion, equivalent to 4,0 % of the EU’s total revenue; further notes that the Court identified(12) some problems related to the reliability and comparability of data; stresses that it provides an excellent example of a new own resource, as it creates positive incentives for Member States to reduce the volume of non-recycled plastic packaging while at the same time generating a new revenue stream for the Union;

    59.  Stresses that the Commission’s proposals concerning new own resources from 2021 comprising three elements, the first based on revenues from emissions trading (ETS), the second drawing on the resources generated by the Union’s carbon border adjustment mechanism, and the third based on the share of residual profits from multinationals that will be re-allocated to Member States under the OECD/G20 agreement on a re-allocation of taxing rights (“Pillar One”) are obvious candidates for such new resources; at the same time, points out that other sources might also be considered if they should prove to be easier for Member States to approve; welcomes other initiatives that may lead to new own resources for the Union budget;

    60.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) increase focus and pressure on the implementation of the Customs Action Plan and not least the proposal for a significant customs reform from May 2023, including the establishment of the EU Customs Authority and EU Customs Data Hub; ensure that Member States implement effective, proportionate and dissuasive penalties for non-compliance with reporting obligations; initiate infringement proceedings in those cases where there is sufficient evidence that Member States are implementing a manifestly inadequate penalty system for breaches of the Directive on Administrative Cooperation 6(13) (DAC 6);
       (ii) insist on the importance of intensifying and diversifying the International customs cooperation with trade partners and stresses the need to strengthen the fight against cross-border tax and customs fraud in the context of the expansion of e-commerce;
       (iii) create incentives for Member States to address reservations related to corrections of GNI data by Member States within the deadlines by charging late interest payments;
       (iv) continue work towards the introduction of additional new own resources;

    Single market, Innovation and Digital

    61.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 1 ‘Single Market, Innovation and Digital’ was EUR 25,3 billion (13,2 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: EUR 15,3 billion (60,5 %) for Research, EUR 4,1 billion (16,1 %) for Transport, Energy and Digital, EUR 2,3 billion (9,1 %) for the InvestEU Programme, EUR 2,2 billion (8,7 %) for Space, and EUR 1,4 billion (5,6 %) for other areas;

    62.  Notes that the Court has examined 127 transactions covering the full range of spending under this MFF heading, notably the Horizon 2020 programme (90 transactions), Horizon Europe (7 transactions), the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), space programmes and financial instruments, and also that it has reviewed the European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency’s (CINEA) ex ante control system for CEF grants in the transport and energy sectors and the regularity information given in the annual activity reports of the Directorate-General for Research and Innovation (DG RTD) and the European Health and Digital Executive Agency (HaDEA);

    63.  Notes that the Court estimates that the level of error in spending on ‘Single Market, Innovation and Digital’ in 2023 was material at 3,3 %; notes the Court’s observation that research and innovation expenditure is most affected by error, particularly in the area of personnel costs; further notes that the Commission estimates the risk at payment as 1,4 % for this heading, which is in the lower half of the range of the Court’s estimate; is concerned by the Court’s conclusion that the Commission’s risk at payment for this heading remains an underestimate, because of weaknesses identified by the Court in the Commission’s ex post audits in this area since the financial year 2019(14);

    64.  Notes with concern that 39 (31 %) of the 127 transactions that the Court examined contained errors; is deeply concerned that for seven cases of quantifiable errors made by beneficiaries, the Commission (or the auditors contracted by the beneficiaries) had sufficient information to prevent, or to detect and correct the error before accepting the expenditure, and thus, had the Commission made proper use of all the information at their disposal, the estimated level of error for this chapter would have been 1,4 percentage points lower; highlights that this points to weaknesses in the Commission’s controls;

    Research and innovation

    65.  Highlights the importance of Union research and innovation (R&I) funding programmes for the scientific, societal, economic and technological development of the Union, reducing inequalities, achieving the green and digital transitions and decreasing the Union’s energy dependency on Russia; recalls that Horizon Europe is the most significant research and innovation programme in Europe, with a total budget of EUR 95,5 billion for 2021-2027, including EUR 5,4 billion from the NGEU instrument; notes that the RRF has allocated around EUR 48 billion in investments to R&I; underlines that in order to enhance the Union’s competitiveness and close the innovation gap, additional funding for R&I is needed, taking into account the Draghi report’s pertinent recommendations; highlights, in particular, the need to increase defence-related R&I spending due to the current geopolitical conditions, which could serve as an important component of the innovation policy strategy;

    66.  Notes that its predecessor, Horizon 2020, with a budget of EUR 75,6 billion funded more than 35 000 projects between 2014 and 2020 and its calls attracted over a million individual applications from 177 countries; further notes that in her hearing for the 2023 discharge, Commissioner Ivanova underlined the EU added value of EU R&I funding programmes, explaining that the final evaluation of Horizon 2020 estimated that, for each euro of costs linked to the programme five euros worth of benefits would be generated for society by 2040; deeply regrets that 74 % of proposals assessed as high quality by independent experts could not be funded due to budget constraints; notes that an additional EUR 159 billion would have been needed to fund all high-quality proposals; stresses the importance of ensuring sufficient funding for Union research and innovation, not the least to increase the Union’s competitiveness and prosperity, in line with the Union’s strategic agenda for 2024-2029;

    67.  Notes the late adoption of the Horizon Europe legal bases in 2021 and welcomes that the Commission managed to reach close to 100 % budget implementation in 2023; notes that the number of grant agreements signed by the end of 2023 was 10 674 and a further two framework agreements were signed;

    68.  Notes with concern that the Court found errors relating to ineligible costs in 30 of the 97 research and innovation transactions in its sample, and that these errors represent 71 % of the Court’s estimated level of error for this heading in 2023; reiterates its concern that after 9 years of implementation of the Horizon 2020 programme, the calculation of personnel costs remains a major source of errors, as 22 of the 30 research transactions with quantifiable errors in the Court’s sample (around 73 %) are affected by the incorrect application of the methodology for calculating personnel costs; acknowledges both the Commission’s and the Court’s continued efforts to remedy this situation; welcomes that the Commission has accepted the Court’s recommendations to enhance beneficiaries’ compliance with the daily-rate rules and to ensure clarity concerning daily-rate rules in Horizon Europe documents;

    69.  Underlines the importance of simplifying the rules and procedures governing Union R&I funding; notes that in 2023 the Commission has continued the roll out of simplified cost options such as lump sums and unit costs in Horizon Europe; further notes the remarks made by the Director-General for Research and Innovation in the exchange of views with the CONT Committee that the Commission intends to increase the disbursement of Horizon Europe funds through lump sums to 50 % by 2027; welcomes that the Commission, taking the Court’s recommendations issued in its annual reports for 2022 into account, will further specify the requirements defining the proper implementation of lump sum grants, including the elements of each work package triggering payment, and will also provide detailed guidance to those involved in assessing the implementation of projects; further notes that, as described in the Commission’s assessment of Lump Sum Funding in Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe 2018-2024, beneficiaries would welcome more clarity on how lump sum grants would be audited; is concerned that the ex post audit strategy for Horizon Europe is not yet developed;

    70.  Stresses the crucial role of the private sector in addressing the innovation gap in the Union and improving the Union’s competitiveness and prosperity; believes, in particular, that it is imperative to continue to promote and facilitate as much as possible the participation of SMEs in Union R&I funding programmes; notes the Court’s conclusion that SMEs and newcomers are more prone to making errors than other beneficiaries since they lack the experience and resources to administer the funds; welcomes the efforts made by the Commission to support SMEs specifically, for example through information campaigns, contacts with the system of National Contact Points and the dedicated helpdesk of the Research Enquiry Service; considers that the simplification of rules and procedures is the major driver for increased participation of SMEs;

    Energy, Transport and Digital

    71.  Highlights the importance of Union investments in the development of high performing, sustainable and efficiently interconnected trans-European networks in the fields of transport, energy and digital services and notes that the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF), with EUR 4,1 billion of expenditure in 2023, is a key Union instrument in delivering these objectives;

    72.  Draws attention to the need to simplify the application procedures under the Connecting Europe Facility for Transport (CEF-T) in order to enable greater participation of smaller entities and local initiatives in the development of European transport infrastructure; regrets that the CEF-T budget does not cover all the needs for sustainable transport investments and that most of the CEF-T budget has already been allocated, leaving a funding gap until 2027;

    73.  Recalls that the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine and the resulting sanctions imposed on Russia continued to adversely impact the Union’s transport sector in 2023, leading to traffic shortages, supply chain bottlenecks, and the necessity to bypass traditional routes, thereby extending journey times and increasing costs; points out that the Eastern border regions, especially in the Baltic states, Finland, Poland, and Romania, have been particularly affected by economic losses and a halt of cross-border mobility as a consequence of the Russian aggression; calls on the Commission to introduce targeted measures, including in the next MFF, to facilitate recovery of the affected regions;

    74.  Calls on the Commission to conduct a comprehensive review of the funding allocated to the cross-border and multi-country infrastructure projects, facing significant implementation challenges, financial difficulties, or delays, such as Rail Baltica; points out that this review should address inefficiencies in planning and management as well as escalating construction costs that threaten project timelines and objectives; reiterates that greater transparency in the management of public funds increases citizens’ trust in the Union institutions;

    75.  Notes with concern that the Court found two errors in CEF projects in its 2023 sample, and that one of these relates to a serious breach of the Union’s public procurement rules, and has led to the contract being awarded to a consortium that did not fulfil the selection criteria and that this error contributed 28 % to the estimated error rate for heading 1;

    76.  Is deeply concerned by the Court’s findings in relation to the European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency’s (CINEA)ex ante control system for CEF grants in the transport and energy sectors, in particular the Court’s conclusion that while the strategies for both CEF1 (2014-2020) and CEF2 (2021-2027) are based on a sound analysis of risks and past irregularities, the guidelines for ex-ante checks on procurement were not detailed enough; fully supports the Court’s recommendation that the Commission should further develop these guidelines;

    Recommendations

    77.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) secure the provision of adequate resources to support high-quality research and innovation project proposals with an EU added value in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next Multiannual Financial Framework;
       (ii) continue to simplify rules and procedures in line with the new financial regulation, to support training sessions and user-friendly, consistent and practical information for applicants in Member States, in particular for SMEs, new applicants, spin-offs, start-ups, CSOs or local action groups and to encourage applications from beneficiaries in Member States with more limited participation, as well as from smaller entities;
       (iii) continue to apply simplified rules and procedures, digitalisation measures and simplified cost options (SCOs) while addressing, in particular, the risk of irregularities and fraud and the costs of controls, and finalising the ex post audit strategy for Horizon Europe as soon as possible;
       (iv) further specify the requirements for defining proper implementation of lump sum grants, taking into account the Court’s pertinent recommendations from its 2022 Annual Report, and verify the actual implementation of projects using lump sums;
       (v) undertake a thorough analysis of procurement errors found and further develop the guidelines describing the extent of the checks to be performed for ex ante controls on procurement for CEF projects, as recommended by the Court;

    Cohesion, Resilience and Values

    78.  Stresses the importance of Union cohesion policy for economic and territorial convergence and development in the regions of the Union, as well as for supporting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights; notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 2 ‘Cohesion, resilience and values’ was EUR 73,3 billion (38,4 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 47,8 % for the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and other regional operations, 18,9 % for the European Social Fund (ESF), 9,8 % for the Cohesion Fund (CF), 3,8 % for Erasmus+, 2,1 % for CEF Transport, and 3,8 % for other areas;

    79.  Notes that the Court has examined a sample of 238 transactions covering the full range of spending under MFF Heading 2; notes with concern that the Court’s estimated overall level of error in expenditure under this heading in 2023 increased to 9,3 %, which is significantly above the materiality threshold; draws attention to the marked increase in the overall level of error estimated by the Court in 2023 compared to previous years (6,4 % in 2022, 3,6 % in 2021);

    80.  Is concerned about the Court’s observation that the significant additional resources made available under the Recovery Assistance for Cohesion and the Territories of Europe (REACT-EU), the approaching end of the eligibility period for 2014-2020 programmes (31 December 2023), and parallel implementation of the NGEU programme have put additional pressure on Member State’s administrations, increasing the risk of errors; is in particular concerned by the practice of reducing Member States’ co-funding, as is the case under REACT-EU, the Coronavirus Investment Initiative (CRII) and CRII+, which reduces the ownership and associated incentives for properly overseeing expenditure; notes from the Commission replies the acknowledgement that some authorities may have carried out less effective controls and verifications due to the heavy overload and increasing pressure of parallel implementation of 2014-2020 programmes and of additional funding under NGEU;

    81.  Notes the Court’s analysis of transactions with additional funding through REACT-EU and flexibility through CRII+ and Cohesion’s Action for Refugees (CARE) and their contribution to the estimated levels of error; notes in particular the conclusion that errors found in 100 % EU-funded priorities contributed 5,0 % to the total estimated level of error of 9,3 %; is concerned that increasing flexibilities, without either decreasing requirements or increasing preventive checks and controls at the same time, contributed to the high error rate;

    82.  Notes the Court’s Review 03/2024 “An overview of the assurance framework and the key factors contributing to errors in 2014-2020 cohesion spending” that provides a multi-annual overview covering six years of audit results, including an assessment of management and control issues, aiming to strengthen the assurance model; is concerned by the Court’s conclusion that, although the assurance framework for cohesion policy has helped to reduce the level of error, it has not been effective in bringing the overall level of error below the materiality threshold of 2 %; is worried that the Commission can rely only to a limited degree on the work of the national audit authorities, because of the systematic weaknesses; supports the Court’s recommendation to the Commission to strengthen the implementation of the assurance framework for the 2021-2027 cohesion spending; reminds the Commission of the discharge authority’s call to work closely with the Member States to improve the management and control system for Union expenditure to reduce the high error rate to below the 2 % materiality threshold;

    83.  Notes the Court’s observation in its review on the reliability of the work of key actors in the control system for cohesion policy; is concerned by the Court’s finding that during a 6-year period managing authorities, the first line of defence for detection and prevention of errors, are not sufficiently effective in mitigating the inherent high risk of error in cohesion policy; considers it even more worrying that the Court found that the second line of defence, the Member States’ audit authorities, are not able to determine the correct error rate for the packages of expenditure they audit and provide assurance on, since the Court detected additional errors in at least 39 % of these packages; notes that these errors have been detected and reported by the Court annually for more than 6 years and that there is therefore a systemic issue;

    84.  Notes the Court’s categorisation of errors found in cohesion expenditure, with ineligible projects accounting for 29 %, ineligible costs for 26 % and serious non-compliance in public procurement procedures accounting for 21 % of errors and ERDF and CF related expenditure accounting for the largest share of errors (80 %); notes that expenditure under the ESF+, YEI and FEAD are proportionally less affected by error, as they together account for 16 % of errors, while they together account for around 20 % of the budget under this heading;

    85.  Notes the study commissioned by the Committee on Budgetary Control on ‘Lessons learned from the implementation of crisis response tools’ that shows that absorption of uncommitted cohesion resources was supported by the flexibilities introduced under CRII and CRII+; is concerned by the finding of the researchers that quality of fast-tracked projects might not have reached the same level as investments before the pandemic; is further concerned by the researchers’ observation that the risk of low-quality projects is entirely borne by the Union Budget, because of 100 % EU-funding in CRII, CRII+ and REACT-EU; considers that 100 % EU-funding might help absorption, but that absorption is not a goal in itself;

    86.  Stresses that, in its most recent discharge opinions, the Committee on Regional Development called for additional advisory support from the Commission to national, local and regional authorities to avoid a situation of administrative overload; recognises the Commission’s efforts but, observes that, regrettably, these have not been sufficient to mitigate the risk of error; warns that a similar administrative overload might occur at the end of the RRF eligibility period and the final years of the MFF; underlines the need to address the insufficient administrative capacity of national, local and regional authorities as a matter of urgency; calls on the Commission, in this regard, to provide them with clear guidance, and to increase its support for administrative capacity building, including through staff training, best practice sharing, peer-to-peer reviews and technical assistance to ensure effective fund management;

    87.  Notes the public discussions on the post-2027 multiannual financial framework that may indicate a shift towards a performance-based model, coupling investments and reforms, and a desire to simplify rules and procedures; calls on the Commission to prioritise the financial responses to the current threats resulting from the geopolitical situation; warns that any decision on the future design of spending programmes must not be to the detriment of oversight and control of Union expenditure in terms of transparency and information at Union level about non-compliance with rules and regulations; considers that the errors identified by the Court and the way the Commission handles those errors are also an indication of a properly functioning management and control system and notes that both institutions stated their commitment to improve the system and bring down the error rate;

    88.  Notes, as in previous years, the Court’s observation that the Commission’s desk reviews, to review and assess the work of audit authorities, are aimed at checking only consistency of regularity information, and that they are therefore too limited to confirm the residual error rate reported by the national authorities in their assurance packages; notes the Commission’s reply that it complements its desk review with on-the-spot audit work covering the programmes and assurance packages, which enables it to establish a reasonable and fair estimate of the error rates for each programme; considers that the Court’s observation is about the scope of the desk reviews and the fact that they are only aimed at consistency and therefore too limited to provide the Commission with information that is sufficiently reliable;

    89.  Is concerned about the persistent shortcomings observed by the Court in the work of national audit authorities as visible in the weaknesses identified in the assurance packages, with a residual error rate above the materiality threshold for more than 60 % of the value of assurance packages audited in 2023; stresses with concern that managing authorities consistently do not effectively succeed in preventing or detecting irregularities in expenditure declared by beneficiaries and that this reduces the extent to which the Commission can rely on their work;

    90.  Reminds that in shared management, it is the Commission’s responsibility to make sure that Member States set up management and control systems that function effectively during the implementation of programmes; is worried that both the Commission and the Court have identified that not all Member States’ management and control systems function effectively, thus negatively effecting the reliability of the Commission error rates, as they rely on these national systems, which do not work effectively; calls into question the possibility for the Commission to continue to rely on national systems;

    91.  Considers that for the single audit approach to work well, and in order to achieve reduced administrative burden for beneficiaries and managing authorities, adherence to audit standards at all levels of control and audit is of essential importance; is therefore worried by the Court’s finding in its annual report that essential supporting documents about compliance with eligibility conditions were not presented by programme authorities and beneficiaries, and also by the finding by the Court presented in its review that insufficient documentation of audit work from audit authorities limits the reliance that can be placed on audit work of national audit authorities;

    92.  Recalls that following Article 15 of Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council(15) (CPR) for the programming period 2021-2027, Member States need to comply with horizontal and thematic enabling conditions, which need to remain fulfilled and respected throughout the implementation period of the funds; recalls that when enabling conditions are not fulfilled at the time of submission of a payment application to the Commission for the specific objective concerned, the related expenditure will not be reimbursed from the Union budget until the Commission is satisfied that the enabling condition has been fulfilled; recalls the strong regrets of the discharge authority in relation to the Commission decision of 13 December 2023(16) considering that Hungary fulfilled the horizontal enabling condition related to judicial independence that enabled the Hungarian authorities to submit reimbursement claims of up to EUR 10,2 billion; notes with concern that since the release of these funds, the Hungarian government has not taken steps to reinstate the independence of the judiciary but on the contrary; reiterates its worries about the lack of adequate control mechanisms or unreliable public procurement procedures to guarantee sound financial management and the protection of the Union budget; believes that this decision politically contradicts the prolongation of the measures adopted under Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092(17) (the ‘Conditionality Regulation’);

    93.  Expresses deep concern over the findings in the 2023 Rule of Law Report regarding the rule of law situation in Hungary, particularly the persistent and systemic challenges in the judiciary and the media sectors; notes with alarm the increasing pressure on judicial independence, including concerns over the selection and promotion of judges, and recent reports of intimidation and interference in judicial decisions, as exemplified by the resignations of judges in protest against political influence; notes with concern in the same vein that the head of the Hungarian Integrity Authority, a key institution established as a condition set by the Commission for the release of Union funds under the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation, is facing increasing pressure from the Hungarian government; calls on the Commission to ensure a coordinated and holistic approach across all relevant Union funds and legislative tools, emphasizing that Union funds must not be allocated to activities undermining democracy or reinforcing authoritarianism;

    94.  Recalls that the Conditionality Regulation establishes a mechanism and measures to protect the Union Budget from breaches of the rule of law when other procedures set out in Union legislation would not protect the budget more efficiently; recalls that this mechanism was activated on 15 December 2022 in the case of Hungary over concerns related to its system of public procurement, resulting in a temporary suspension of 55 % of budgetary commitments for three cohesion policy programmes; recalls that the same regulation, in line with Article 6 of Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093(18) (the ‘MFF Regulation’), stipulates that suspended commitments of 2022 (year n), may not be re-entered into the budget beyond 2024 (year n+2) and that therefore 55 % of commitments from 2022, around EUR 1 billion, were decommitted in December 2024; notes that no other procedures under the Conditionality Regulation are ongoing;

    95.  Notes that the Commission allocated an equivalent of five full-time staff members to the implementation of the Conditionality Regulation and reiterates the European Court of Auditor’s concerns raised in its Special Report 03/2024 that current staff numbers appear to be insufficient to ensure a strict and coherent application of the Regulation;

    96.  Reiterates the need to treat as a single, integral package all the measures required for the release of Union funding under the Conditionality Regulation, the CPR and Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council(19) (the ‘RRF Regulation’); stresses the importance of the protection of the Union financial interests also for disbursement of pre-financing;

    97.  Notes that some investments which would have been eligible for financing under cohesion are included in the National Recovery and Resilience Plans; recalls that the general objective of the RRF enshrined in Article 4 of the RRF Regulation is to promote the Union’s economic, social and territorial cohesion, and that one of its six pillars is specifically dedicated to this purpose; acknowledges that the wide scope of the RRF results in limited overlap with other Union funding programmes, as intended by the co-legislators when establishing the Article 9 of the RRF Regulation, which establishes additionality and complementarity funding as key principles; draws attention, however, to the risks of double funding emerging from such situations;

    98.  Expresses its preoccupation about the visible delays in implementation of cohesion policy in Member States and the lack of capacity of national administrations to deal in parallel with different spending programmes (e.g. cohesion programmes and RRF programmes) covering complementary or even similar objectives; calls on the Commission to ensure that sufficient technical assistance is provided to Member States facing difficulties in order to address existing delays in the implementation of cohesion programmes;

    99.  Recognises the disproportionate impact of the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine on eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus; draws attention to the costs borne by these regions and Member States as a result of their shared border with hostile neighbouring countries, notably their need to increasingly direct public funding into security, defence and preparedness, while facing dramatically reduced resources due to a disruption in economic activities, cross-border trade and other exchanges, and in cohesion programmes, particularly Interreg programmes; notes the measures taken by the European Commission to support these regions, notably through flexibilities provided under cohesion policy; welcomes that providing support to eastern border regions most affected by Russia’s aggression is included in the mission letter of the Executive Vice President for Cohesion and Reforms; calls on the Commission to ensure the provision of adequate support for eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus to cope with the disproportionate consequences of the Russian war of aggression, both in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF;

    100.  Stresses the importance of ESF+ which aims to achieve high employment, fair social protection, a skilled and resilient workforce, and inclusive/cohesive societies as key in eradicating poverty; expresses the need to provide it with the continued financial and political support of the Union, national and regional institutions in the delivery of its objectives and targets in the years to come; underlines the importance of closely involving regional actors, in particular civil society organisations and social partners working on the ground in the implementation of ESF+ funded activities;

    101.  Welcomes the frontloading of EUR 100 million from the 2027 budget of Erasmus+ to the 2023 budget of Erasmus+, which enabled continued support to pupils, students, teachers and qualified staff fleeing from Ukraine, and the extra EUR 20 million awarded to Erasmus+ in 2023 as a result of Parliament’s insistence; stresses that frontloading must remain an exception to rapid response to unforeseen acute crisis situations; underlines that any frontloading of Erasmus+ cannot result in cuts for the programme at the end of current MFF; emphasises that every effort must be made to respond to such situations preferentially with additional funding;

    102.  Emphasises the need for strict oversight of the allocation of funds to prevent misuse within the Erasmus programme; asks the Commission to gather evidence to investigate any case of fraudulent or suspicious recipients, in accordance with its duties outlined in the Financial Regulation and Erasmus+ grant agreements; calls for adequate safeguarding of the programme from abuse by organizations whose activities are not aligned with the fundamental values of the Union (human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, rule of law, human rights); recalls that the Commission is legally bound to ensure that programme beneficiaries commit to and ensure the respect of these values and do not commit professional misconduct;

    103.  Notes that in 2023, the budget of the EU4Health programme, the main financial instrument to support Union health initiatives, was EUR 735 million, mainly managed by Directorate-General for Health and Food Safety and the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority (HERA) and implemented through the European Health and Digital Executive Agency; acknowledges the progress of initiatives funded under this programme, notably in the areas of health emergency preparedness, the Beating Cancer Plan, the Pharmaceutical Strategy for Europe and in the implementation of Union health legislation;

    Recommendations

    104.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) re-consider the practice of 100 % Union funding in Union crisis response instruments, where increasing pre-financing might provide faster availability of funds, while maintaining a shared financial budgetary control responsibility in implementation of the funds by maintaining financial involvement from both national and Union level;
       (ii) ensure selection of qualitatively good projects with cohesion policy funds by favouring long-term investments, and duly justifying 100 % Union funding while limiting its application;
       (iii) address the systemic issue of non-detection of errors at Member State level in cohesion policy spending with an action plan, aimed at reporting an accurate error rate in assurance packages, and detection of errors at the first lines of defence by making available more, and/or better targeting existing resources and increase detection capacity at Member State and Commission level;
       (iv) calculate and report to the discharge authority the cost of control for all expenditure handled by national authorities concerning cohesion policy funds, and NGEU, and compare these figures with the cost of control when only Cohesion policy funds were handled by the same authorities;
       (v) address the recurrent issue of insufficient documentation at beneficiary, programme authority and audit authority level, not only through checks, awareness raising and information on requirements, but also through increased digitalisation and where possible, through financial incentives to penalise non-respect of the requirements for sound financial management;
       (vi) expand the scope of its desk review of assurance packages to review more quality criteria in addition to consistency to make a reliable estimate of the residual error rate for the assurance package under review, as well as of the risk at payment as a whole;
       (vii) step up its monitoring of the horizontal and thematic enabling conditions in all Member States to identify potential threats for the protection of the Union Budget and ensure enhanced transparency and stakeholder participation in the application of this tool;
       (viii) closely align the rule of law report with the Conditionality Regulation and report in more detail on the breaches of the principles of the rule of law that can be used as input to trigger the Conditionality Regulation;
       (ix) continuously monitor the implementation by the Hungarian Government of measures foreseen in Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022; assess to what extent the situation has improved or worsened, including in relation to the challenges faced by the Hungarian Integrity Authority, and take all necessary actions in accordance with the Conditionality Regulation;
       (x) provide Member States with increased technical assistance in order to address delays in the implementation of national programmes in order to increase the absorption rate;
       (xi) closely monitor and mitigate the increasing risk of double funding between Cohesion programmes and RRF funding and address any such occurrences without delay;
       (xii) further enhance simplification in the implementation of cohesion programmes and work closely with Member States to identify best practices regarding the digitalisation of practices and procedures;
       (xiii) take all necessary measures to bring down the error rate in close cooperation with the Court of Auditors;
       (xiv) ensure the provision of adequate support for eastern regions of the Union bordering Russia and Belarus to cope with the disproportionate consequences of the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine, both in the short-term and in the medium-term;

    Natural resources

    105.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 3 ‘Natural resources’ was EUR 59,5 billion (31,1 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 65,0 % for direct payments under the European Agricultural Guarantee fund (EAGF), 27,6 % for the Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD), 4,2 % for market-related expenditure under the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF), 1,9 % for Maritime and Fisheries, 0,9 % for Environment and Climate (LIFE), and 0,4 % for other areas;

    106.  Notes that the Court has examined a sample of 218 transactions covering the full range of spending under this MFF heading; notes that the Court also examined the regularity information given in the annual activity reports of the Directorate-General for Agriculture and Rural Development (DG AGRI) and the Directorate-General for Climate Action (DG CLIMA), as well as selected systems in 20 Member States and the United Kingdom; notes that the Court estimates the level of error for ‘Natural Resources’ to be 2,2 % (2,2 % in 2022) and that the majority of the errors found affected rural development transactions;

    107.  Points out, however, that this is partly due to the complexity of environmental schemes in rural development programmes and the recognized negative issue of “gold plating” at national level;

    108.  Notes, in this context, the lower-than-expected implementation rate of EAFRD funding for the period 2023-2027, with an absorption rate of only 1 % at the end of 2023, with payments amounting to EUR 0,7 billion, and expects the absorption rate to increase significantly in the course of the next reporting period;

    109.  Notes that the Court found 16 quantifiable errors in rural development, 15 in direct payments, three in expenditure related to market measures, and three in non-CAP expenditure; is reassured by the Commission’s assessment that most errors concern clerical mistakes and by the actions taken by the Commission to prevent errors in the future;

    110.  Notes the categorisation of errors by the Court, with ineligible claims accounting for 35 % of the errors, and administrative errors and inaccurate information on areas or animals for 21 % and 20 % respectively; notes with concern, that as in previous years, that the Court found in several cases that the Member State authorities and the Commission had sufficient information to prevent, or to detect and correct the error before accepting the expenditure and that, had the Member State authorities and the Commission made proper use of all the information at their disposal, the estimated level of error for this chapter would have been 1.0 percentage point lower;

    111.  Notes that 2023 was the first year of the CAP 2023-2027 new delivery model, which integrates performance elements, agreed with the Member States in Strategic Plans, as basis for payments; notes that 2023 was a modest start of the new delivery model, EUR 63,65 million declared on the basis of generated outputs and therefore subject to a ‘performance clearance’ by DG AGRI out of EUR 215,52 million declared under the CAP Strategic plans under sectoral interventions and rural development; notes that in 2024 payments under the new delivery model will have increased substantially; notes the Court’s observations as regards processing performance data for the Annual Performance Reports where Member States are in the process of setting-up systems and procedures and at times manually aggregate data, with associated risks for the reliability of data;

    112.  Recalls the farmers’ protests across Europe towards the end of 2023 and early 2024 and the Commission’s response aimed at simplification, in particular for small farmers, and increasing discretionary powers for Member States; stresses that simplification should go hand in hand with sound financial management and take into account the Union’s climate commitments; welcomes the Commission’s targeted approach, especially concerning the distinction between farm size in terms of agricultural land and number of farms; cautions that discretion given to Member States should also be accompanied by thorough oversight by the Commission;

    113.  Recalls that both the Commission and Member States are responsible for addressing fraud in CAP spending; welcomes in that regard the work done in terms of anti-fraud risk assessments and the update of its anti-fraud strategy by DG AGRI;

    114.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 07/2024 on the Commission’s systems for recovering irregular expenditure, and the Commission’s reply; notes the Court’s observation that recoveries concerning agricultural expenditure have been relatively successful, attributed in part to the so-called 50-50 rule that incentivised Member States to recover funds; notes that this rule has not been retained in the 2023-2027 CAP and the Court’s warning that this might lead to a deterioration of the rate of recovery for agricultural expenditure;

    115.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 20/2024 on Common Agriculture Policy Plans and the Commission’s reply; stresses the importance of ensuring that all key elements for assessing performance are provided; considers that plans need to account for specific situations in specific Member States and that therefore a certain level of divergence is even desirable, is however worried that divergence in ambitions may mean that there is no level playing field for farmers across Member States; is further disappointed by the Court’s finding that although the new monitoring framework has been simplified, the CAP objectives lack clarity and indicators focus on outputs rather than results, and that important result indicators are missing; notes that the Court recommends the Commission to promote exchange of best practices in the plans and strengthening the future CAP monitoring framework;

    116.  Notes the Court’s Special Report 19/2024 on Organic farming in the EU, and the Commission’s reply; is once more worried by the Court’s finding that a weak strategic framework and data constraints prevent the measurement of the impact of the policy; considers that the increased focus on performance and definition of targets and indicators, and the related monitoring of results across Union policies needs to be supported by an equal increase of the Commission’s capacity to define performance frameworks and monitor performance;

    117.  Welcomes the increased competitiveness achieved through market measures in the wine sector and encourages the Commission and Member States to persevere in their efforts to replicate this success in other sectors;

    118.  Recalls that democracy and pluralism are fundamental values of the Union enshrined in Article 2 TEU; further recalls that, in line with Article 11 TEU, Union institutions shall give citizens and representative associations the opportunity to make known and publicly exchange their views in all areas of Union action in order to maintain an open, transparent and regular dialogue; underlines that separation of powers between the institutions as laid down in Article 13 TEU must always be respected and that Union institutions shall practice mutual sincere cooperation;

    119.  Recognises the importance of the LIFE programme; recalls the provisions of the LIFE+ Regulation, including those related to operating grants, the eligibility conditions, the award criteria, the overall allocation for 2021-2027 and the distribution of funds within the programme;

    120.  Notes that some members of the Budgetary Control committee requested access to a series of grant agreements under the LIFE programme, as well as other Union funding programmes, and after scrutinising them expressed concerns on the content of several of the programmes in February 2024; notes that the Commission, including the Internal Audit Service (IAS), was initially not aware of any issue, but adopted a series of measures with the aim of addressing the concerns; recalls the discharge written questions and hearings with the Secretary-General of the Commission on 5 November 2024, the responsible Commissioners for MFF Heading 3 on 12 November, and the Commissioner responsible for Budget and administration on 9 December 2024 where the concerns and the Commission’s response were discussed;

    121.  Notes the concerns expressed by some members of the Budgetary Control Committee that certain grant agreements between the European Union Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (CINEA) and beneficiaries, such as CSOs and private companies, under the LIFE Programme include ‘work plans’ containing detailed advocacy actions towards Union institutions or their representatives, as well as other actions directed towards certain trade agreements which the Union was negotiating, or litigation measures to be pursued by the respective entities; acknowledges that this could be potentially interpreted as interfering with internal decision making in Union institutions; notes that the Commission has performed a legal analysis of the grant agreements that raised concerns of some Members of the CONT Committee, which concluded that there was no evidence that the entities concerned had breached their contractual or code of conduct obligations, yet the Commission asked some beneficiaries to make amendments to the grant agreements that contained the specific provisions that potentially entailed a reputational risk; further notes that all grant agreements include a disclaimer stating that ‘views of the beneficiary do not in any way represent views of the EU and that granting authority cannot be held responsible for them’;

    122.  Underlines that Union financing should not contribute to undermining the rule of law, nor the values on which the Union is founded; recalls the provisions of Article 163 of the Financial Regulation; considers it crucial that there should be no funding without traceability of funds;

    123.  Notes the actions taken by the Commission to address the allegations which included the issuance of guidance for Commission services on funding activities related to the development, implementation, monitoring and enforcement of Union legislation and policy and screening of their contract portfolios to determine which agreements were not in line with the guidance; takes note of the measures adopted so far by the Commission while awaiting the results of the screening of the grant agreements with all the beneficiaries, which was requested by the Commission’s Corporate Management Board;

    124.  Notes the decision-making structure, including the evaluation board within CINEA, for deciding on contracts between the Commission and beneficiaries; urges the Commission to ensure that the decision-making structure of CINEA for deciding on contracts to be awarded features clear accountability, clear responsibilities and a practical structure;

    125.  Notes that the executive agency conducts annual bottom-up risk management exercises and that these bottom-up risk management exercises did not identify any critical risks; notes that irrespective of the financing programme, evaluation procedures should be constantly reviewed and adapted if needed;

    126.  Notes reports in the media that the President of the Commission hired a paid special adviser to deliver a report on the “Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture” who received a salary equal to a Director-General in the Commission; is concerned by the remuneration of all the special advisers and the discretion the Commission has in deciding their remuneration, which creates arbitrary inequalities;

    Recommendations

    127.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) closely monitor the Member States’ progress as regards the processing of performance data and the aggregation of data for the annual performance report and keep the discharge authority informed about issues with reliability of performance data, in particular where it concerns manually aggregated data;
       (ii) inform the discharge authority why the Court concludes that for several years several errors could have been prevented, had the Commission and Member States used all information at their disposal and why the Commission and Member States do not manage to address this issue appropriately;
       (iii) apply the lessons learned as regards the reduction of the administrative burden from its response to the farmers’ protests in future policy initiatives, while taking due account of the risk of abuse of funds where control measures are reduced, or risk of too much divergence between Member States when discretionary powers are used without proper oversight;
       (iv) keep the discharge authority informed about the recovery rates of agricultural expenditure, in particular if the rate deteriorates in comparison to the recovery rate under the previous CAP and swiftly mitigate the causes for the deterioration, including considering the introduction of new incentives for Member State authorities to recover funds;
       (v) assess the differences in ambition of strategic plans and inform the discharge authority whether there is divergence between Member States, threatening the level-playing field for farmers, and assess how the Commission addresses those differences;
       (vi) make better use of its capacity for setting-up performance frameworks, for defining objectives and indicators and holding those contributing to the achievements, be they Member States or beneficiaries, accountable for their contributions;
       (vii) update the Commission’s anti-fraud strategy to devote attention to advocating for and upholding a clear separation of executive and legislative power in the Union;
       (viii) have a clear and comprehensive strategy at Commission level as to how to better protect the financial interests of the Union and ensure that Union funds are spent for their intended purposes and diligently apply the Financial Regulation provisions, including by ensuring that grant agreements can be suspended or terminated when beneficiaries violate the Union’s legislation;
       (ix) ensure a fair distribution of Union funds to CSOs to contribute to a pluralistic and vibrant society;
       (x) ensure that the Commission’s guidance adopted in 2024 is applied by all authorising officers and, if necessary, further develop guidance to fully align grant agreements with Treaty provisions and existing legislation;
       (xi) make the results of the screening of grant agreements available to the discharge authority in order to allow an assessment of the extent to which the Commission may be exposed to a reputational risk;
       (xii) adequately address issues such as revolving doors, transparency in financing and donations, the fight against money laundering, limiting foreign interference, independence from political and economic influence, whistleblowing and transparent governance structures, in respect of all entities receiving Union funds;
       (xiii) review the template for MoUs between the Commission and executive agencies to ensure clearer division of responsibilities;
       (xiv) instruct the audit structure to review contracts with beneficiaries and to flag in case they identify contracts that are not in line with applicable financial rules;
       (xv) have the IAS review contracts between the Commission and grantees, specifically to search for content that is not in line with applicable financial rules within work packages;
       (xvi) evaluate the decision-making structure in the areas of the awarding of contracts and instruct Commission services and executive agencies to perform better checks on the content of contracts at all stages, including by ensuring that work packages and key performance indicators as listed by applicants align with the objectives of respective funding programmes;
       (xvii) adopt more precise categorisation of entities listed in the Financial Transparency System;
       (xviii) review its rules for special advisers to remove the arbitrary selection and remuneration;
       (xix) further enhance simplification in the implementation of programmes and work closely with Member States to identify best practices regarding the digitalisation of practices and procedures;
       (xx) improve the quality of dialogue with farmers from all Member States;
       (xxi) react more quickly when serious concerns of the discharge authority are flagged to the Commission;
       (xxii) perform adequate checks of entities listed in the Transparency Register, in order to ensure that they comprehensively list their activities in the Register;
       (xxiii) draw clearer lines of responsibility when implementing collaborative platforms;
       (xxiv) instruct the Corporate Management Board to submit consolidated information on the list of critical risks to the internal audit service and ensure executive agencies address potential risks and ensure a transparent selection of independent evaluators to prevent conflict of interest and guarantee their independence;
       (xxv) instruct all DGs and executive agencies to review the distribution of funds dedicated to auditing in order to ensure sufficient resources;
       (xxvi) ensure that proposals for Multiannual Work Programmes of any Union funding instrument have clear guidelines on the activities eligible for funding, clearer rules on screening of applications and on admissible content as well as clearer requirements for transparency and traceability of the use of Union funds, including in relation to the disclosure requirements under the EU Transparency Register;
       (xxvii) ensure that all grant agreements respect the necessary requirements related to transparency, traceability and visibility of funds;

    Migration and Border management

    128.  Notes that in 2023 the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 4 ‘Migration and Border Management’ was EUR 2,7 billion (1,4 % of the Union budget spending) distributed as follows: 1,2 billion (46,5 %) for three decentralised agencies, the European Boarder Coast Agency (FRONTEX), the European Union Agency for Asylum (EUAA) and the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice (EU- LISA); 1 billion (38,6 %) for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund (AMIF), and 0,4 billion (14,9 %) for the Integrated Border Management Fund (IBMF);

    129.  Notes that in 2023 a significant portion of the spending under MFF heading 4 still concerned the completion of projects remaining from the 2014-2020 MFF; notes that 18 % of AMIF national programmes for 2014-2020 remained undeclared at the end of 2023 and that the last annual accounts and the request for payment of the final balance for these funds will be provided by the Member States as part of the closure package by 31 December 2024 at the latest;

    130.  Notes that the Court examined a sample of 23 transactions, which is not large enough to be representative of the spending under MFF headings 4 and 5 and, thus, it cannot provide a separate estimate of the error rate for these headings; further notes that the Court’s audit results show that the expenditure under MFF headings 4 and 5 is affected by eligibility and procurement issues and that it is a high-risk area (7 out of 23 transactions audited, i.e. 30,4 %, were affected by errors); is concerned that the Court detected four quantifiable errors which had a financial impact on the amounts charged to the Union budget and that it also found further ten cases of non-compliance with legal and financial provisions (which had no direct financial impact on the Union budget); therefore, invites the Court to provide a clear estimate of the error rate for heading 4; notes that the Commission concludes that the risk at payment in 2023 is 1,1 % for the expenditure on migration and border management;

    131.  Notes that the Commission has accepted the Court’s recommendation made in its annual report for 2023 to provide further guidance on applicable rules to the Member State authorities responsible for implementing DG HOME funding via shared management; regrets that the Commission has not yet fully implemented the Court’s previous recommendations that were due to be addressed by the end of 2023; notes that DG HOME is undertaking a reassessment of its ex-ante methodology to ensure the respect of the rules applicable to post-2021 generation of grants, and that this reassessment will also address the Court’s relevant recommendations and those of the IAS audit on the preparedness for closing actions and programmes funded under the Internal Security Fund (ISF) and the AMIF 2014-2020 through direct and shared management;

    132.  Notes with concern that two reservations on the declaration of assurance were issued in DG HOME’s Annual Activity Report for 2023 and that one reservation concerns the implementation of AMIF and ISF 2014-2020 in several Member States and the other reservation concerns the implementation of Border Management and Visa Instrument (BMVI) 2021-2027 in one Member State; welcomes the Commission’s commitment to take remedial measures for the underlying issues that necessitated the reservations;

    133.  Welcomes the progress identified by the Court in its review of the preparatory work done by five member state audit authorities in managing the transition of the AMIF, BMVI and ISF funds to the CPR of the 2021-2027 MFF; observes that these audit authorities reported to the Court that the support and guidance DG HOME provided to them was satisfactory; notes with concern that at the time of the Court’s audit four out of five Member State audit authorities had not finalised their audit strategies;

    134.  Takes note of the adoption of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum; welcomes that the mid-term revision of the MFF 2021-2027 allocated an additional EUR 2 billion to migration and border management for 2024-2027 to address the growing challenges in migration and border management resulting from the current geopolitical context; notes, however, that additional funds might be needed with a view to ensuring the full implementation of the Pact; calls for the quick implementation of the Pact in the Member States;

    135.  Stresses that securing the Union’s external borders is a pillar of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum; notes with concern that the Commission reported that the number of irregular border crossings in the Union increased in 2023 to 380 000, compared to 330 000 in 2022; observes that the BMVI can support frontline Member States to ensure they have the resources for infrastructure, facilities and installations necessary to secure the external borders of the Union, including electronic border security enhancements and other tools for border surveillance as provided for in annex III of the BMVI regulation; notes the European Council conclusions of 9 February 2023 that the Union will step up its action to prevent irregular departures and loss of life, to reduce pressure on the borders of the Union and on reception capacities, to fight against smugglers and to increase returns; underlines the need to better protect vulnerable people from smuggling and trafficking networks and address the negative effects of the instrumentalisation of migrants as part of hybrid attacks, notably by pro-Russian forces, as well as by the Belarusian regime;

    136.  Recalls that, according to Regulation (EU) 2021/1060, Member States and the Commission must ensure respect for fundamental rights and compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union in the implementation of Union funds;

    137.  Notes the Court’s conclusion that the AMIF 2014-2020 was performing below expectations in terms of facilitating returns of migrants: also takes note of the fact that the Court and the Commission agree that progress in this area was particularly affected by COVID-19-related travel restrictions; further notes that in 2023 return measures were supported with EUR 29,8 million from the AMIF; considers that the Commission must provide stronger efforts to assist Member States in addressing irregular border crossing and in successfully implementing returns of third-country nationals, as well as the integration of legal migrants; looks forward to receiving consolidated information in 2025 on progress in this regard through the ex-post evaluation AMIF 2014-2020; highlights that the Commission should continue to take action on migration and asylum within the framework of external action, including the ‘Team Europe’ approach while also increasing the transparency of the programming and implementation of the Union home affairs funds in third countries and safeguarding the role of the Parliament;

    Recommendations

    138.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) address the Court’s recommendations in a thorough and timely manner and share DG HOME’s revised ex-ante methodology, once completed, with the discharge authority;
       (ii) continue to support the Member State managing and audit authorities in the timely finalisation of their audit strategies for MFF 2021-2027 funds, paying particular attention to eligibility and procurement issues, as well as all other recurrent findings of the Court;
       (iii) take action to improve the performance of actions funded by the Union in terms of effective returns and combatting irregular migration, while ensuring the full respect of Union legislation and the fundamental values of the Union;
       (iv) take action to increase the efficiency of Union spending on the protection and management of the European Union’s external borders;
       (v) monitor, assist in and scrutinise the timely progress of the administrative, operational and legal steps required by Member States and Union agencies for the full implementation of the New Pact on Migration and Asylum by 2026;
       (vi) increase the transparency of the programming and implementation of the Union home affairs funds in third countries, while safeguarding the role of Parliament in ensuring the democratic scrutiny of Union spending;
       (vii) continuously assess, in the implementation of the Union Budget, compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the Union values enshrined in Article 2 TEU, in accordance with Article 6 of the Financial Regulation;

    Security and Defence

    139.  Notes that in 2023 the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 5 ‘Security and Defence’ was EUR 1,4 billion (0,7 % of the Union budget spending) distributed as follows: 500 million (38,4 %) for the European Defence Fund (EDF), 300 million (19 %) for military mobility, 200 million (17,1 %) for decentralised agencies, namely the European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction (EMCDDA), Europol and European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Training (CEPOL), 200 million (13,1 %) for the ISF, and 200 million (12,4 %) for nuclear safety, decommissioning and other areas;

    140.  Notes that in 2023 a significant portion of the spending under MFF heading 5 still concerned the completion of projects remaining from the 2014-2020 MFF; notes that 25 % of ISF national programmes for 2014-2020 remained undeclared at the end of 2023 and that the last annual accounts and the request for payment of the final balance for these funds will be provided by the Member States as part of the closure package by 31 December 2024 at the latest;

    141.  Notes with concern that, for the reasons explained in the section on migration and border management, the Court cannot provide a separate estimate of the error rate for MFF heading 5 ‘Security and Defence’ and that, based on its audit results, the Court considers expenditure from this heading to be high-risk; therefore, invites the Court to provide an estimate of the error rate for this heading as well; notes that the Commission concludes that in 2023 the risk at payment was 0,5 % for the expenditure on security and defence;

    142.  Observes that the Commission has not accepted the Court’s recommendation to carefully check and document the technical aspects of military mobility grant applications to the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) during the grant award procedure and that the Commission considers that its current processes already ensure a check on whether dual-use infrastructure projects meet the eligibility conditions;

    143.  Recalls the highly unstable geopolitical situation in the Union’s neighbourhood giving rise to greater security and defence challenges, including hybrid threats, and thereby to greater investment needs in security, defence and preparedness, since the beginning of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; draws attention to the fact that MFF heading 5, dedicated to security and defence, is the smallest of all MFF headings and regrets that the Union’s current budget for ensuring the security and defence of its citizens is not equal to the challenges to be met either in the short or the long term; notes that in 2023 Union funding in support of the defence industry came exclusively from the EDF; recalls the role played by the EDF in supporting European technological expertise in emerging and disruptive technologies; welcomes that submissions to the 2023 EDF calls increased by 72 % compared to the previous year, demonstrating the strong and constantly growing interest of European defence industry actors and research organisations in the EDF and the high demand for funding in this sector; notes that under the 2023 calls, the Union committed EUR 1,15 billion for 61 defence R&D projects, benefiting 581 legal entities from 26 Member States and Norway; notes that on average 17 entities from eight different Member States and Norway participate in each project; underlines the importance of a level playing field in supporting cross-border defence R&D cooperation;

    144.  Welcomes the Commission’s actions to enhance support for SMEs in the defence sector, in particular appreciates that the EU Defence Innovation Scheme (EUDIS), which provides a diverse range of instruments tailored to support SMEs within the defence ecosystem, became fully operational in 2023, with EUR 224 million allocated to it from the EDF budget; appreciates, further, the role of the SME bonus under the EDF in facilitating the access of smaller actors and innovators in defence supply chains; notes that in the 2023 EDF calls, 42 % of the entities selected for funding were SMEs, an increased share compared to 2022 (38,2 %), and that 18 % of the total funding available through the EDF calls is allocated to SMEs;

    145.  Recalls that the Preparatory Action on Defence Research (PADR) was a precursor programme of the EDF with a budget of EUR 90 million that funded 18 research projects selected following calls for proposals in the years 2017 to 2019; further recalls that the Court, in its Special Report 10/2023 ‘The Preparatory action on defence research’, has observed that the Union still lacked a long-term strategy for the projects under the EDF, particularly in terms of impact, additional research, development, manufacturing and procurement; welcomes that the Commission has accepted all of the Court’s recommendations and has confirmed that their implementation is ongoing; welcomes, in this regard, the Commission’s adoption of a European Defence Industrial Strategy (EDIS) and legislative proposal establishing the European Defence Industry Programme (EDIP) as well as its commitment to build up the EDF; nevertheless, in view of the geopolitical realities the Union faces, is concerned that the full implementation of the Court’s recommendations is expected only in 2026;

    146.  Recalls the Court’s observations in its Special Report 10/2023 regarding the limited availability of human resources at the Commission and the subsequent risk for the EDF; notes that the growing number of proposals to evaluate and projects to manage puts considerable pressure on human resources; further notes the large share of seconded national experts (17 %) among DG DEFIS staff in 2023 and DG DEFIS’s intention to reinforce staff by the selection of officials through specialised EPSO competitions in the field of space and defence, for which the reserve lists were finalised in November 2023;

    147.  Notes that the implementation of ‘Action Plan on Military Mobility 2.0’ is ongoing, with EUR 1,74 billion allocated for dual-use transport infrastructure projects under the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) between 2021-2027; notes that so far the Union has co-funded 95 military mobility projects in 21 Member States and that 94 of these projects are still ongoing and most of them are expected to be finalised between 2026 and 2027; notes with concern that following three calls for proposals organised in 2021, 2022 and 2023, the entirety of the military mobility envelope under the CEF for the current programming period has thereby already been exhausted; considers that although making the budget quickly available by frontloading amounts into the 2022 and 2023 calls responded to the need to take into account the evolution of the security situation in Europe following Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, it simultaneously led to Union funding being unstable and unpredictable by leaving a gap of more than four years with no more Union funds available for military mobility calls to finance dual-use infrastructure projects until the post-2027 MFF; recalls the Court’s conclusions in its Special Report 04/2025 that the Action Plan was not built on sufficiently solid foundations and that progress towards its objective, namely ensuring swift and seamless movement of personnel, materiel and assets at short notice and on a large scale, has been variable due to design weaknesses and remaining obstacles to implementation; notes that the Commission considers that more action is needed to strengthen dual-use transport infrastructure corridors, including on regulatory issues such as cross-border movement permission procedures; notes the Court’s observation that the Commission had not carried out a robust assessment of the overall funding required to make its objectives and targets achievable; regrets that only EUR 300 million was spent on military mobility in 2023 and is concerned that calls for proposals under the military mobility envelope faced a four-time oversubscription rate, demonstrating the increased interest among Member States and project beneficiaries;

    148.  Expresses deep concern over the Commission’s decision to proceed with the adoption of the “Rearm EU” initiative without prior consultation of the European Parliament; regrets that such a decision bypasses the principle of institutional balance and undermines Parliament’s role as co-legislator in shaping strategic and budgetary priorities; urges the Commission to refrain from initiating substantial policy instruments that impact the Union’s financial and strategic architecture without ensuring full respect for the prerogatives of the Parliament;

    149.  Notes that the European Parliament has called on the Union and its Member States to put in place a legal framework enabling Russia to be classified as a State sponsor of terrorism;

    Recommendations

    150.  Calls on the Commission to:

       (i) develop a longer-term strategy for the EDF, building on the experience with Preparatory Action on Defence Research (PADR) and the Court’s recommendations, as soon as possible;
       (ii) secure the provision of adequate resources to enhance Union defence cooperation, in the short-term through the 2026 draft budget and the timely recruitment of expert staff, and in the medium-term through the Commission’s proposal for the next MFF;
       (iii) further strengthen military mobility in the Union by substantially increasing the funding available to improve dual-use transport infrastructure corridors and by taking action to eliminate administrative, procedural and regulatory barriers to cross-border military movements, while prioritising Union funding to projects that best respond to the current European threat landscape; taking into account the Court’s findings and recommendations in special report 04/2025;
       (iv) take action to ensure due diligence in relation to project criteria for dual-use military mobility infrastructure projects, in line with the Court’s recommendation;

    Neighbourhood and the world

    151.  Notes that the budget for the programmes under MFF heading 6 ‘Neighbourhood and the world’ was EUR 15,2 billion (7,4 % of the Union budget) distributed as follows: 63,4 % for the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI-Global Europe), 16,4 % for Humanitarian Aid (HUMA), 16 % for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA III) and 4.2 % for other actions and programmes; notes that in total, payments for ‘Neighbourhood and the world’ reached 15,2 billion in 2023, representing approximatively 8 % of the overall Union expenditure excluding RRF;

    152.  Notes that the Court examined a sample of 72 transactions, which is not adequately representative of the spending under this MFF heading and, therefore, cannot provide an estimate of the error rate; considering that the Court’s audit results show that this is a high-risk area (of 37 out of 72 transactions audited, i.e. 51.4 %, were affected by errors), invites the Court to provide a clear estimate of the error rate for this chapter; notes that the Court found 31 errors that had a financial impact on the Union budget, relating to ineligible beneficiaries, ineligible costs, expenditure not incurred, and breaches of public procurement rules, areas that could point to risks of unreliable functioning of control mechanisms;

    153.  Notes, additionally, that the Court detected 19 cases of non-compliance with legal and financial provisions, none of which had direct financial impact on the Union budget, and which included issues such as ambiguous cost allocations, non-compliance with visibility rules, and inadequate documentation;

    154.  Is concerned that the Court found a significant non-compliance with visibility rules in an EU-funded project under indirect management by DG NEAR, which concerned a contribution agreement worth EUR 21,2 million signed with an international organisation in a project where the aim was to support Eastern partnership countries in tackling COVID-19; notes that the Court found that most donation certificates it checked did not contain any acknowledgment that the medical equipment donated was funded by the Union; recalls that beneficiaries of Union funds are required to clearly publicise the fact that the Union has financed or co-financed the action they are implementing; notes the Commission’s replies that it is discussing new communication and visibility guidelines with the United Nations to reduce the risks of errors on compliance with visibility rules;

    155.  Expresses concern that the Court, in its IT audit on the information system OPSYS’ component for managing user access and rights, found three shortcomings including (i) that the Directorate-General for International Partnerships (DG INTPA) had not formalised a procedure for granting and removing access rights for system administrators and to standard users; (ii) four cases in which standard users had more access rights than they needed for their jobs, which is not in line with the Commission’s IT standards; and that (iii) DG INTPA did not manage all administrator accounts belonging to staff of other directorates-general; is concerned that these weaknesses increase the risks of both inappropriate access to the system and non-compliance with the rules and procedures for implementing external action projects, and also undermine the integrity of system processes and data;

    156.  Notes that the Commission intensified communication with international organisations in order to raise awareness of the need to ensure that the Court’s auditors obtain full access to documents when auditing projects funded by the Union, and that the Commission has supported initiatives to find permanent solutions to the issues of access to and retention of documents; notes, however, the Commission’s acknowledgment that despite efforts, some constraints regarding access to documents persist due to the existing legal frameworks of the implementing partners, which are not expected to change in the near future;

    157.  Urges the Commission to enhance the rule of law conditionality-based approach of the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance (IPA) III funding in order for the instrument to serve its purpose of effectively preparing accession countries to fulfil the conditions of becoming Member States of the Union; reiterates its calls on the Commission to implement the recommendations of the Court’s Special Report 01/2022 in order to ensure an effective impact of Union financial assistance in support for the rule of law in the Western Balkans, in particular by developing guidelines on the application of the provisions on modulation and conditionality under IPA III;

    158.  Stresses that Union aid should under no circumstances – directly or indirectly – be financing terrorism, hence it should not support any entity connected to Hamas or any other terrorist or extremist organisation; notes to this end, it is legitimate and necessary to be able to clearly know and identify all the final beneficiaries of European aid in third countries; emphasises the need for strict control over the distribution and use of aid to ensure no misuse of funds;

    159.  Notes with regret that the European Commission financed the Gaziantep Islamic Science and Technology University, which has proven ties to terrorist organisation of Hamas; calls on the Commission to cancel all ties to this university and other universities with ties to terrorist organisations;

    160.  Urges the Commission, in the context of delivering enhanced support and humanitarian aid to the Palestinian population, to also make full use of trusted partners, such as the WHO, WFP UNICEF or different Red Crescent organisations; recalls the importance for the Commission to guarantee independent controls of UNRWA by external experts, the Court and experienced international partners;

    161.  Notes that the Commission has been working in the last months with UNRWA, to enhance the neutrality processes and control systems in the Agency, in line with findings of the investigations by the UN OIOS on the allegations of involvement of 19 of its staff in the 7th October 2023 attack, and to monitor the application of the action plan presented by UNRWA on the implementation of the recommendations of the Independent Review Group led by former French Minister of Foreign Affairs Colonna to strengthen control and oversight; notes that the Commission has reassessed the Union’s 2024 funding decision for UNRWA and that, through an exchange of letters between Commissioner Várhelyi and UNRWA Commissioner General Lazzarini in April 2024, the Union reached an agreement about the Union’s conditional assistance for UNRWA, linked to a number of milestones in relation to three work streams, including the screening of UNRWA staff, an audit by the Union, as well as the reinforcement of the Department of Internal Investigations and Ethics office; notes that Union assistance was resumed;

    162.  Recalls the necessity for the Palestinian Authority to remove all educational materials and content that fail to adhere to UNESCO standards by the next school year, in particular those that contain antisemitism as defined by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance classification endorsed by the Union, incitement to violence, hate speech, and glorification of terrorism; recalls the provisions of previous discharge resolutions; stresses that financial support from the Union for the Palestinian Authority in the area of education should be provided on the condition that textbook content is aligned with UNESCO standards, that all anti-Semitic references are deleted, and that examples which incite to hatred and violence are removed, as repeatedly requested in the resolutions accompanying the discharge decisions; recalls the findings of the Georg Eckert Institute’s report funded by the Union, which revealed a complex picture on the textbooks; notes that the Union does not fund the Palestinian textbooks, and that neither are they the responsibility of UNRWA, which nevertheless reviews all issued textbooks to address any problematic content;); notes that the Commission will carry out close scrutiny to ensure that no Union funds are allocated, directly or indirectly, to the drafting, teaching, or exposure of such educational materials to Palestinian children, including those provided by UN organisations;

    163.  Notes DG NEAR’s acknowledgement in its AAR 2023 that projects in Kyiv received regular visits but security constraints limited on-site monitoring and project visits in other Ukrainian regions; further notes that the constraints on adequately monitoring projects in Ukraine led to a renewed reservation in the 2023 AAR of DG NEAR and that corrective actions are being implemented, such as monitoring progress on project implementation through desk reviews, remote solutions and using a service provider;

    164.  Welcomes that OLAF provides targeted anti-fraud assistance to authorities and supports the accession of Ukraine to the Union Anti-Fraud Programme; notes that the Framework Agreement for the Ukraine Facility, which entered into force in June 2024, provides for legally binding arrangements for the management, control, supervision, monitoring, evaluation, reporting and audit of funds under the Facility, as well as measures to prevent, investigate and correct irregularities, fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest, and provisions on the roles of OLAF and EPPO; welcomes, in addition, that, pursuant to article 36 of the Ukraine Facility Regulation, the Commission established in June 2024 an Audit Board, with the mission of assisting the Commission in assessing the effectiveness of Ukraine’s management and control systems regarding the funds provided under the Facility and in fighting mismanagement of Union funding under the Ukraine Facility; calls on the Commission to keep the European Parliament regularly informed about the activities and findings of the Audit Board in order to ensure proper parliamentary oversight;

    165.  Notes with concern the recent reports on the findings of a draft audit report paid for by the Commission on the Organisation of African, Caribbean and Pacific States (OACPS) Secretariat which allege to suspected fraud, unpaid salaries and further liabilities; notes that as reported the Commission has contributed EUR 3,7 million to the Secretariat in 2023 and is trying to recover EUR 3,6 million as of March 2024; asks the Commission to ensure full transparency and accountability, grant access to the audit report and inform the members of Parliament on the concrete steps taken;

    166.  Calls on the Commission in line with the Court’s recommendations in its opinion 03/2024 to integrate into the new MFF legislative proposal the recommendations of the External Action Guarantee complementing the Commission’s evaluation, including increased use of blending (grants) in LDCs, fragile or conflict-affected countries and engaged coordination with stakeholders such as civil society;

    167.  Is concerned about the allocation of EFSD+ under the new flexible ‘Support to Investments’ envelope in favour of benefiting countries where the Global Gateway investments are easier to implement at the expense of prioritising LDCs, and fragile and conflict-affected countries; calls for reporting on the volume of EFSD+ amounts allocated and contractualised in these countries and for transparency on how the quota of allocations to LDCs within country MIPs is respected within allocations of the regional MIPs;

    168.  While recognising the Global Gateway strategy as a concerted Union response to global challenges, reiterates that actions bringing together public and private investment must always be guided by the legal framework as provided by the NDICI Regulation, the Agenda 2030, and the needs of partner countries, as communicated by way of an honest dialogue at eye level; is concerned about inconsistencies surrounding Global Gateway programmes; calls, therefore, for improved transparency, democratic accountability, robust monitoring and evaluation mechanisms in Global Gateway and Team Europe initiatives; calls for a centralised, publicly accessible platform, regularly updated, to detail Global Gateway projects, including their objectives, funding sources, implementing partners, and expected outcomes;

    European Development Fund (EDF)

    169.  Notes that to audit the regularity of transactions, the Court examined a sample of 140 transactions, representing the full range of spending from the EDFs; notes, furthermore, that this comprised 31 transactions related to the European Union Emergency Trust Fund for Africa, 87 transactions authorised by 14 EU delegations(20) and 19 payments approved by Commission headquarters;

    170.  Notes with concern that, out of the 140 transactions examined, 62 (44,3 %) contained errors, compared to 57 (40,7 %) in 2022 for the same number of transactions; stresses, moreover, that the Court quantified 52 errors (48 in 2022), on the basis of which it estimated the level of error for the financial year 2023 to be 8,9 % (7,1 % in 2022);

    171.  Highlights with concern that the three most common types of errors in the financial year 2023 related to expenditure not incurred at 45 % (51 % in 2022), to absence of essential supporting documents at 31 % (7 % in 2022) and to ineligible expenditure at 23 % (24 % in 2022);

    172.  Notes the Commission’s replies to written questions to Commissioners Jutta Urpilainen and Oliver Varhelyi that in 2023 approximately 45 % of the total errors are due to excess clearing, a practice where expenditure not incurred is included in the accounts as expenditure incurred, and that therefore such errors are temporary, since they will no longer exist after the final clearings; notes furthermore that, to reduce these temporary errors, the Commission has requested its partners to review their reporting templates to allow for easier identification of incurred expenditure, and that DG INTPA launched a special working group to screen the compliance of relevant organisations through a risk management framework; also notes that DG INTPA is currently reviewing its control strategy, which aims also to identify how ex-ante controls can be strengthened and to improve the reporting of the pillar-assessed organisations to the Commission; calls on the Commission to report to the discharge authority on the effects of these actions;

    173.  Notes that the expected outcomes of DG INTPA’s ongoing review of its control strategy include the reinforcement of guidance on financial reporting and also on enhanced ex-ante controls so as to prevent errors including on excess clearing; calls on the Commission to report to the discharge authority on the remedial measures taken upon finalisation of this review;

    174.  Is concerned that, as in previous years, some international organisations provided only limited access to documents (e.g., in read-only format), which hindered the planning, execution and quality control of the Court’s audit and led to delays; notes that audit and control issues were discussed with UN entities on several occasions, including in the context of joint technical reference group meetings and the relevant EU-UN Financial and Administrative Framework Agreement (FAFA) working group; notes furthermore that the Commission is working with the International Organisations concerned and has intensified communication with them on the Court’s access to documents; encourages, as in previous years, the Commission to increase these efforts;

    175.  Stresses that, according to Court’s assessment, the Residual Error Rate (RER) study does not constitute an assurance engagement or an audit and is based on the RER methodology and manual provided by DG INTPA; notes that DG INTPA clarifies that the RER study is meant to be a key indicator for the estimated financial impact of residual errors, i.e., it measures the proper functioning of the internal control system and thus, demonstrates the Commission’s corrective capacity; stresses that, as in previous years, the Court has found limitations in the study; notes, furthermore, the Court’s opinion, as in previous years, that the RER methodology allows the contractor to rely entirely on the results of DG INTPA´s controls, and that relying on the work of other auditors is contrary to the purpose of an RER study; highlights the Court’s finding that in cases where these previous checks were carried out under the FAFA between the European Commission and the United Nations, the contractor is not always able to carry out additional substantive testing as the FAFA limits the Commission’s verification rights; highlights the Commission’s reply which recognised the limitations in terms of controls set in the FAFA; urges the Commission to look for workable solutions to resolve this issue;

    176.  Recalls that two EUTFs were created under the EDFs; recalls that EUTF for Africa has mobilised over EUR 5 billion, with 88 % of contributions (EUR 4,4 billion) coming from the EDF and the Union budget; deplores that, despite several requests from Parliament, the process of managing and allocating these funds still lacks transparency; is concerned by the Court’s findings in its Special report 17/2024 “The EU trust fund for Africa Despite new approaches, support remained unfocused; notes that, despite an innovative approach to identifying human rights risks in a difficult environment, these risks were not comprehensively addressed and that the Court found that the assessment of potential risks to human rights was not comprehensive; recalls that the Commission is unable to identify and report on the most efficient and effective approaches to reducing irregular migration and forced displacements in Africa according to the Court; regrets that the new monitoring system aggregates information from all EUTF projects, but suffers from issues of data accuracy; notes that the Union’s Africa trust fund is set to be phased out in 2025;

    Recommendations

    177.  Calls on the Commission to act on the Court’s recommendations:

       (i) as regards the OPSYS application system, formalise and enhance the procedure for granting and removing access rights for system administrators and to standard users, enhance the quality of the new software, and allocate resources needed to enhance its maturity and robustness;
       (ii) strengthen guidance and controls to ensure that organisations implementing contracts under indirect management, including international organisations, international financial institutions and state agencies, comply with visibility rules;
       (iii) continue to intensify its communication with international organisations in order to provide the Court with complete, unlimited and timely access to documents necessary to carry out its task in accordance with the TFEU, and not just in read-only format;
       (iv) put in place adequate ex ante and ex post control measures in unstable or conflict zones to ensure the proper control of spending of Union funds and ways to recover the Union funds;
       (v) take measures to improve controls systems for the clearing of pre-financing paid to international organisations;
       (vi) strengthen ex ante controls before accepting expenditure;

    178.  Furthermore, calls on the Commission to:

       (i) strictly monitor through all available mechanisms and work with UNRWA to ensure the implementation of all agreed actions to guarantee that UNRWA works in full compliance with humanitarian principles and neutrality, including in the forthcoming EU-UNRWA joint declaration and the upcoming financing decisions for conditional Union assistance;
       (ii) ensure that all contracts involving Union funds fully respect applicable Union legislation, including accountability, transparency, and sound financial management, and that this includes verifying that there are no subcontractors, natural persons, participants in workshops and/or trainings or recipients of financial support made to third parties subject to Union restrictive measures or involved in the financing of terrorism or acts of terrorism as well as other acts of hatred and incitement to hatred;
       (iii) increase evidence-based targeting of geographical areas and beneficiaries, and improve the accuracy of reported achievements of future development action, including through the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe;

    European public Administration

    179.  Notes that the Commission is directly responsible for the implementation of 59,1 % of the overall administrative budget of the Union, equivalent to EUR 7,2 billion; further notes that 70 % of the administrative expenditure relates to human resources including pensions while the remaining primarily covers expenditure related to buildings, equipment, energy, communications and IT; notes with satisfaction that also for 2023 the Court concludes that the spending area is low risk;

    180.  Notes that during 2023, 2152 civil servants left the Commission primarily due to retirement, resignation or the end of their contracts; notes that this represents a relatively high turnover, which should give the Commission ample possibilities to address persistent imbalances in geographical representation throughout the services;

    181.  Encourages the Commission together with EPSO to ensure that necessary technical systems are put in place as quickly as possible and that processes are accelerated in order for the Commission and other Union institutions to be able to rely on EPSO for the selection of highly qualified and motivated candidates for all types of jobs in the institutions;

    182.  Appreciates that female representation in management positions increased from 46,1 % in December 2022 to 47,8 % in December 2023; encourages the Commission to continue to focus on ensuring and maintaining gender balance on all levels of management;

    183.  Notes with satisfaction that the Commission has implemented policies to enhance work-life balance and staff well-being, including the right to disconnect; at the same time commends that a new decision on the prevention and fight against harassment was adopted which establishes the position of a Chief Confidential Counsellor as key figure in the fight against harassment; stresses the need to provide this position with the appropriate resources to effectively carry out multiple challenging tasks;

    184.  Acknowledges the progress of the Commission with regard to the internalisation of crèche staff;

    185.  Notes with satisfaction that the Commission issued updated versions of the guidelines on ethical standards for participation of the Members of the European Commission in the election campaign to the European Parliament and guidelines for the participation of Members of the Commission in election campaigns at Member State level; further commends that in March 2023, the Commission adopted much needed strengthened rules on missions and costs paid by third parties;

    186.  Stresses the need to ensure that all the Union Institutions in Luxembourg can attract staff to all types of jobs and careers; notes that especially for servants in lower pay grades Luxembourg can be a less attractive option due to the costs of living; notes that with the agreement on the budget for 2025 the first step has been taken by establishing a special housing allowance for staff in lower grades working in Union institutions in Luxembourg;

    187.  Notes that the Commission has an ambitious goal of reducing the overall office space of the Commission by 25 % and the number of buildings by 50 % by 2030 compared to 2020; notes that the total reduction in overall space reached a little over 83 000 m2 in 2023, equal to a reduction of 11 %; welcomes that this goal is an important element in the Commission achieving carbon neutrality and reducing administrative costs; stresses that it is important that the reduction in the number of building and office space and the resulting roll-out of collaborative work spaces and other significant administrative changes happens in close cooperation with staff;

    188.  Is concerned about the severe delays, including delays of up to 6 months, faced by civil servants across the institutions when receiving the reimbursements of healthcare costs under the institutions’ sickness insurance scheme; is also concerned about the inadequate treatment of civil servants and MEPs with autoimmune diseases, neurological disorders, COPD (obstructive pulmonary disease), long COVID, undiagnosed and rare diseases by the sickness insurance scheme of the institutions; notes that patients with these symptoms are often not reimbursed for their diagnostic tests;

    189.  Notes that, in 2023, the Ombudsman launched 398 inquiries concerning the Commission; further notes that during 2023 the Commission received 187 closing decisions without remarks and 17 decisions of maladministration; notes with concern that the Ombudsman receives many citizens’ complaints about extreme delays in gaining access to requested documents from the Commission and encourages the Commission to strive to speed up the processing of such requests and further reduce the number of decisions of maladministration and establish clear rules concerning access to all types of written texts whether on paper, email, text messages or any other form of communication, which is part of an administrative process related to Commission policies or decisions; notes that out of the nine investigations related to the Commission concluded by OLAF in 2023, seven were closed with recommendations; calls on the Commission to ensure transparency and accountability in the follow-up to these cases;

    190.  Expresses deep concern that there has been allegations of corruption linked to the Commission; at the same time deplores that there has been allegations about officials from the Commission that allegedly accepted gifts from a country that the Union was negotiating an agreement with; stresses the need for a clear and systematic approach to ensure that all OLAF cases involving relevant potential criminal offences are promptly referred to the EPPO and the competent national authorities; calls on the Commission to reinforce relevant rules and procedures in order to ensure that all cases are handled in a strict, correct and efficient way;

    191.  Notes that only very few cases of psychological and sexual harassment have been recognised as such in the past years and expresses concern that this may point to institutional blind spots in the Commission, given the significant number of employees of the institution;

    192.  Expresses deep concern regarding reports of an ongoing investigation involving the former Commissioner for Justice, who is alleged to have been engaged, during his time in office, in money laundering activities involving funds of unknown origin; calls on the Commission to fully cooperate with the Belgian authorities and to urgently clarify whether these activities were in any way connected to his official duties within the Commission;

    193.  Calls on the Commission to prioritise permanent staff over external consultants and contractual staff, in order to guarantee high quality working conditions and to prevent knowledge and experience from being lost; calls for flexibility for DGs with a high proportion of seconded national experts (SNE) in the establishment plan to convert SNE posts into temporary agent posts with the aim of ensuring better expertise retention, operational functionality and business continuity; further insists on avoiding the externalisation of tasks to consultancies when available know-how can be found in-house;

    194.  Notes that, in recent years, the Commission has increasingly outsourced impact assessments to external companies, raising concerns about potential conflicts of interest; calls on the Commission to strengthen provisions to prevent possible conflicts of interest and to provide better guidance to staff handling public procurement procedures for policy-related service contracts;

    195.  Regrets the alleged espionage organised by the Hungarian Government against OLAF staff during an investigative mission; calls for the swift establishment of robust protection measures to safeguard Union institutional staff on mission in Member States and to prevent any violations;

    196.  Welcomes the entry into force of Regulation (EU) 2023/2841(21); takes note of cybersecurity investments, including EUR 30 million allocated to enhancing digital security in the Commission; calls on the Commission to spare no effort in further developing a cybersecurity culture, promoting training and awareness within the Union institution; stresses the importance of continued adequate investments in cybersecurity towards the longer term indicative target in the order of at least 10 % of total IT spending;

    197.  Reiterates its concern that the significant risks to the security and protection of the registry and operating mechanism of the Union system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading against cyberattacks have still not been adequately addressed; points out that this issue has been highlighted in the Annual Activity Reports (AARs) since 2010, with reservations raised in each report; notes that this concern is once again emphasised in the Directorate-General for Climate Action’s 2023 AAR, further underscoring the persistent failure to prioritise the security of the system;

    European Schools

    198.  Notes that the European Schools’ overall budget for 2023 was EUR 417,5 million primarily funded by the Commission, other Union institutions, Member States and fees from parents; further notes that almost 80 % of the budget was spent on staff costs;

    199.  Notes with satisfaction that the Court is able to conclude that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the consolidated accounts for 2023 are not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the International Public Sector Accounting Standards;

    200.  Observes that the Court found some systematic or recurrent weaknesses in payments and related human resources (HR) and procurement procedures including insufficient verification of supporting evidence affecting the regularity of some HR procedures and payments;

    201.  Calls on the Commission, in particular, to:

       (i) ensure that Union Institutions can rely on EPSO to efficiently organise and complete selection procedures and other staff related procedures in order to provide Union Institutions with sufficient highly qualified and motivated candidates for open positions;
       (ii) explore all possibilities to correct significant geographical and gender imbalances in different categories of the staff;
       (iii) continue work on measures that will ensure that Union Institutions based in Luxembourg can continue to attract highly qualified staff for all types of job profiles;
       (iv) ensure that the roll-out of collaborative work spaces and other significant administrative changes happens in close cooperation with staff;
       (v) make more staff available for processing of reimbursement requests for the sickness insurance scheme, to improve staff training and to have better IT software available to process requests more quickly;
       (vi) act as a role model, particularly for diseases that do not fall into classical fields and rare diseases; urges the Commission to expand their technical knowledge and handling of these cases; urges the Commission to expand the catalogue of tests eligible for reimbursement to include a wider bandwidth for laboratory tests and other diagnostic procedures and exams as well as treatments; urges the Commission to do this promptly;
       (vii) ensure the rapid introduction of strong protective mechanisms for Union institutional staff on mission in Member States and third countries, safeguarding their rights;
       (viii) support the European Schools in their implementation, as soon as possible, of recommendations by the Court from previous years and the recommendation from the report concerning the financial year 2023 which asks the schools to perform systematic checks of supporting evidence on allowances paid to seconded staff;
       (ix) prepare a report analysing the reasons why the vast majority of harassment complaints (requests for assistance) in the Commission are dismissed, most of them without even opening an administrative inquiry, and recommending how such dysfunctionality of the formal procedure can be addressed;
       (x) ensure that as of 2025, requests for assistance in harassment cases are followed up with a proper administrative inquiry by the Investigation and Disciplinary Office (IDOC) or OLAF so as to ensure that harassers are held accountable and sanctioned proportionately to their wrongdoing;

    CHAPTER II – Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF)

    General remarks

    202.  Notes that in 2023, 27 recovery and resilience plans (RRPs) were revised, and that these revisions had an impact on the pace of implementation of the existing plans, causing delays; notes at the same time that the political priorities in Member States can change; notes that increased energy prices, high inflation and supply chain disruptions caused by Russia’s unprovoked war of aggression against Ukraine, and, in some cases, natural disasters, contributed to the revision of the RRPs; underlines that the delays caused by the revisions of the RRPs came in addition to existing ones, as shown by the significant differences between the foreseen calendar of payments requests and the actual transmission of these requests by the Member States to the Commission; remains concerned by the risk of under-implementation and of failure to reach the milestones and targets (M&Ts) as agreed in the RRPs; emphasises the need for enhanced monitoring mechanisms to ensure that delays do not disproportionately impact key projects;

    203.  Notes that there should be a clear thematic link between reforms and investments and that there may be, in certain cases, a long delay between the creation of the national recovery plans and the completion of milestones and targets; regrets that the RRF design does not allow for sufficient flexibility to respond to emerging crises in a prompt manner;

    204.  Draws attention with utmost concern to the statement of the President of the Court, arguing that approximately half of the RRF disbursements had not reached the real economy, and questions if the other half may have been used either to substitute recurring budgetary expenditure or generate profit to Member States from the increased interest rates;

    205.  Recalls that the RRF is a temporary recovery instrument based on performance, i.e. that payments are linked to the satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts related to reforms and investments included in the national RRPs; stresses that the effectiveness of the RRF must be assessed, not only in terms of disbursement, but also in terms of its ability to generate tangible, long-term improvements of the consequences of the pandemic; recalls that there is no definition in the RRF Regulation of the “satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts”; recalls that each national plan should effectively address all or a significant subset of challenges identified in the European Semester, particularly the country- specific recommendations (CSRs) adopted by the Council; notes the fact that, thanks to the RRF, the percentage of CSRs with progress has increased by 17 % between 2021 and 2023;

    206.  Notes that in 2023, the Commission disbursed a total of EUR 75 billion, and additional pre-financing payments of EUR 7,1 billion, which brought the total disbursements by the end of 2023 to EUR 220,8 billion, divided into EUR 141,6 billion in grants (40 % of the total EUR 357 billion for grants under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) envelope) and EUR 79,2 billion in loans (27 % of the total EUR 291 billion for loans under the RRF envelope); mandates detailed reporting requirements on how Member States allocate funds, preventing substitution of recurring budgetary expenditures, and ensuring funds reach intended beneficiaries;

    Court’s observations

    207.  Notes that the Court issued a qualified opinion on the legality and regularity of the RRF expenditure in 2023; is concerned that the Court concluded that seven out of 23 RRF payments made in 2023 were affected by quantitative findings and that six of these payments were affected by material error; notes that in the Court’s opinion, except for those matters, the RRF expenditure accepted in the accounts for the year 2023 is legal and regular in all material respects; notes that the nature of the RRF spending model relies on the assessments of milestones and targets (M&Ts) to be made by the Commission; notes that in 2023, the Court checked 452 M&Ts included in 23 grant payments and that it does not provide an error rate due to the nature of the RRF’s spending model but estimates the minimum financial impact of its findings to be above the materiality threshold; is convinced that Member States should also bear responsibility for errors detected in post-disbursement;

    208.  Expresses deep concern that the Court was unable to verify the actual financial impact of erroneous or ineligible RRF payments due to the inherent limitations of the milestone and target-based assessment model; calls on the Commission to develop a more transparent error-tracking methodology to prevent misallocation and inefficiency;

    209.  Notes that the Court audited 325 out of 542 milestones and 127 out of 135 targets included in 2023 payment requests for grants; regrets that the Court considers that 16 of them were affected by regularity issues (2.4 % of the total); is concerned by the fact that the Court considers that the requirements had not been satisfactorily fulfilled for seven M&Ts in six payments and that the Commission had still made the corresponding payments; notes that the Court’s conclusions are based on extensive audit work and regrets that the Commission contests some of the Court’s conclusions; notes that all of the RRF payments must be assessed against the framework communicated and applied by the Commission, which must take into consideration for each payment the opinion of the Economic and Financial Committee and the scrutiny by Member State experts under the comitology procedure; requests the Commission to ensure that all disputed payments related to unsatisfactorily fulfilled M&Ts undergo independent external review to strengthen public trust in the process; recommends an introduction of real-time tracking systems for disbursements and expenditures to prevent misallocations under the RRF and the MFF;

    210.  Notes with particular concern that the Court has identified nine potential cases of ineligible M&Ts linked to the continuation of a pre-existing project that either started before the eligibility period, or that were a substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure; regrets the lack of clarity in the RRF Regulation, and does not share the Commission’s interpretation that the eligibility period concerns only the date of start of works on a specific project rather than the beginning of the preparatory or projection phase; regrets that such a view led to measures which were planned before the RRF eligibility period being included in the RRPs, and acknowledges that any measure must respect the scope, objectives and eligibility conditions set by the RRF Regulation; calls on the Commission to implement stricter verification mechanisms to prevent the inclusion of pre-existing projects that do not provide added value under the RRF framework;

    211.  Recalls that RRF funds shall not be used to replace recurring budgetary expenditure, unless in duly justified case; and is preoccupied by the Court’s findings that some M&Ts that were a substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure were not adequately justified in the RRPs;

    212.  Notes with concern the Court’s finding that NGEU borrowing may more than double by 2026 while the bulk of repayment is deferred to future MFFs; recalls that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must start before the end of 2027, if unused appropriations remain available in the budget line to cover NGEU financing costs, and be completed by 2058 at the latest; notes that the Union budget exposure at the end of 2023 is expected to rise in 2024 and 2025, mainly due to RRF loans; is concerned that potential changes in market conditions might result in higher borrowing costs which, for the NGEU debt relating to grants, will have to be borne by the Union budget; is concerned that there is to date still no repayment plan for the NGEU common debt, and that the Union’s debt continues to rise, with a large share of this increase attributed to the temporary recovery instrument, NGEU; is concerned that the increased debt and the associated higher interest costs will have long-term consequences for the Union’s fiscal stability, potentially leading to greater financial strain and a reduced capacity to respond to future challenges or invest in key strategic areas;

    213.  Notes the Court’s finding that payments from RRF were lower than expected in 2023; emphasises that the Court has criticised the slow disbursement and absorption of RRF funds; is concerned by the Court’s findings in Special Report 13/2024 that absorption of RRF funds has progressed with some delays, that Member States may not be able to complete all measures at the end of the RRF’s implementation period for which a significant proportion of funds have already been paid out, and that the second half of the RRF’s implementation period is more challenging with an increase in number of M&Ts, a shift from reforms to investments and more advanced stage of implementation, and a high proportion of measures to be completed in the last year;

    214.  Notes, conversely, that according to the Commission the achievement of M&Ts is broadly on track, as by 31 August 2024, over 40 % of the available RRF funds had been disbursed to Member States, with the disbursement of grants reaching 48 % and loans slightly exceeding 30 %; notes that the pace of payment requests has also accelerated since the second half of 2023 with the revision of the RRPs linked to the introduction of the REPowerEU chapters was finalised in 2023;

    215.  Notes the Court’s findings in Special Report 13/2024 that additional reasons for slow absorption included measures not being suited to the RRF’s timeframe and underestimation of the time needed to implement them (due to public procurement and state aid rules); as well as uncertainties on implementing rules and how they should be applied including lacking guidance on the ‘do no significant harm’ principle (DNSH) and how to ascribe to it;

    216.  Expresses strong concerns about the Court’s observation that point to persistent weaknesses in the implementation of Member States control systems as this poses a risk to the availability of complete and accurate data underlying payment requests, access to those requests for control purposes, and the effective functioning of Member State control systems to protect the Union’s financial interests; recalls that, according to the RRF Regulation, Member State control systems have a key role to play in ensuring that the financial interests of the Union are protected effectively; urges the Commission to take decisive and swift action whenever necessary, including imposing financial corrections, and to make full use of the provisions of the RRF Regulation if deficiencies persist in the control systems of Member States;

    217.  Expresses concern about the Court’s findings in Special Report N°22/2024 on ‘Double funding from the EU budget: Control systems lack essential elements to mitigate the increased risk resulting from the RRF model of financing not linked to cost’; highlights that Member States can propose so-called ‘zero cost measures’, i.e. measures estimated to have no costs to be financed by the RRF, and for which there is no check at all for double-funding, as the Commission considers that measures which receive no RRF funds are free of risk from that perspective; also notes with concern the Court’s findings that from Member States’ perspective, the many layers of governance involved including national, regional or municipality level, make coordination and oversight very challenging; is concerned that when checks are performed, (i) they suffer from a very complicated environment with different IT tools used often not interoperable and data recorded in an often non-standardised way, leaving manual cross-checks across databases as the only possible tool to check for double funding, and (ii) Member States’ control systems rely to a large extent on self-declarations by recipients of Union funds; notes, however, that the Court did not find any case of double funding;

    218.  Notes the Commission’s observation that, according to the RRF Regulation, double funding is explicitly linked to budgetary costs and thus, there can be no double funding if the Member State has not submitted any cost estimate linked to a specific measure as part of its national plan; notes that the Commission underlines that no-cost reforms do not increase the financial envelope but are nevertheless essential criteria for the Commission’s positive assessment of RRPs, as well as their full implementation for the relevant payments; points out that the Commission, shortly after the Court audit field work, acknowledged it had identified the first two potential cases of double funding;

    219.  Recalls that Article 9 of the RRF Regulation establishes additionality and complementarity between Union programmes and instruments funding as key principles; believes that, to respect these principles but avoid the risk of double financing, the same measures already included in other national plans benefiting from Union funding (e.g. cohesion, agriculture, etc.) should either not be included in RRPs or more thoroughly described, even if they do not incur any costs, in order to avoid double funding; underlines that due to the different model of implementation, double funding between RRF and other Union financing instruments might be more difficult to identify, and urges the Commission to remain vigilant and pro-active in identifying any potential situation of double funding;

    220.  Regrets the lack of adequate safeguards to prevent double funding of projects under both the RRF and other Union financial instruments; calls for an automated cross-checking system between RRF and cohesion Funds, the Common Agricultural Policy, and other Union funding programmes to detect and eliminate duplicate claims;

    221.  Expresses concern about the Court’s finding in its Review 01/2023: ‘EU financing through cohesion policy and the RRF: A comparative analysis’ that reporting of fraud involving RRF expenditure still lacks a standardised approach with strong coordination and cooperation between Member States, which are obliged to report on cases of suspected fraud not in an integrated IT system, but in the management declaration accompanying every payment request, although Member States have also reported cases outside of the management declarations; regrets that there are no clear guidelines about exactly when a case of suspected fraud should be reported, whether there is a reporting threshold, and what standard information should be reported for each case and about the remedial measures taken; furthermore supports the request made by the Court to the Commission in the same review 01/2023 to obtain sufficient assurance from the Member States on the effectiveness of national systems to prevent, detect and correct fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest;

    222.  Expresses concerns that in 2023 the Commission had to introduce 10 additional control milestones for seven Members States to address the weaknesses identified in their control systems; reminds and supports the Court’s evaluation that the fact control milestones were introduced, which means that Member states systems were not fully functional when the plans started to be implemented, posing a serious risk to the regularity of the of the RRF expenditure and to the protection of financial interests;

    223.  Regrets the findings of the Court’s Special Report No 26/2023 that several policy areas in the RRF’s pillar containing health policies lack a corresponding common indicator to measure progress; is concerned that this impedes the proper monitoring and understanding of progress made towards achieving milestones and targets linked to health policies;

    224.  Welcomes that, in 2023, the Commission made progress in eliminating any possibility of misinterpretation of figures of the Recovery and Resilience Scoreboard and that the Scoreboard further addressed the related recommendation of the Court to improve the presentation of data displayed on the Scoreboard and to improve explanations with regard to its limitations, in particular by better explaining the underlying methodologies and explicitly stating, where applicable, that the data is estimated;

    Audit and control

    225.  Welcomes that, based on the Court’s recommendations and the experience gained, the Commission, in 2023, published three methodological notes to clarify the application of the RRF Regulation, including its framework for (i) assessing the satisfactory fulfilment of M&Ts, upon conducting an assessment, and (ii) the application of the provisions related to the reversal of M&Ts, as well as a methodology to determine the amount to be suspended if a milestone or target is not satisfactorily fulfilled; takes note of the updated Guidance on RRPs, adopted on 19 July 2024, which provides additional guidance to ensure the continued adequacy of controls to identify and avoid any risk of double funding as well as the methodology for reductions and recoveries under the RRF in accordance with Article 24(8) of the RRF Regulation;

    226.  Calls on the Commission to increase the number of ex-post audits and on-the-ground inspections for RRF-funded projects, particularly in high-risk sectors such as digital infrastructure, energy where previous Union funding programmes have identified significant irregularities;

    227.  Warns that the inclusion of pre-existing projects and the substitution of recurring budgetary expenditures within the RRF framework undermines the additionality principle, effectively converting the instrument into a backdoor financing mechanism for Member States’ regular budgets, rather than fostering genuine post-crisis recovery and resilience; calls for an urgent review to prevent further dilution of the RRF’s purpose;

    228.  Advocates more decisiveness on the part of both the Commission and Member States in order to detect irregularities in the spending of RRF funds and to recover undue payments;

    229.  Is concerned with the Court’s counter-reply to the Commission’s replies on the existence of an assurance gap at Union level regarding compliance with Union and national rules on public procurement and State aid; notes that the Commission argues that the assurance provided by DG ECFIN covers the effectiveness of Member States’ controls on compliance with public procurement and state aid rules. however, stresses that while DG ECFIN’s AAR refers to Commission assessments of the existence and effectiveness of Member States’ controls, there is no conclusion regarding their effectiveness; expresses concern that, according to the Court, this represents an important limitation of the scope of the Commission’s declaration of assurance, meaning that the Commission still does not provide full assurance as to whether RRF expenditure – which the Commission manages directly – complies with the rules;

    230.  Stresses that delays in disbursement and absorption of RRF funds not only slow down economic recovery but also create substantial risks of last-minute, low-quality spending towards the end of the RRF period; calls on the Commission to introduce stricter interim evaluations to prevent a ‘use-it-or-lose-it’ rush that could lead to waste and misallocation;

    231.  Notes with serious concern that Member States may strategically forego their final payment requests to avoid fulfilling politically sensitive milestones and targets, thereby evading necessary but unpopular reforms; calls on the Commission to introduce financial penalties for incomplete RRF implementation to prevent manipulation of the payment structure;

    232.  Notes that the Commission’s replies that it extended the scope of its audit work beyond that required by the RRF Regulation to verify that the control procedures put in place in the Member States give the necessary assurance that Member States regularly and effectively verify compliance with public procurement and State aid rules and eligibility for RRF measures, but disagrees with the Commission’s opinion that the conclusions of DG ECFIN’s Annual activity report cover this;

    233.  Notes with concern that, as stated by the Commission in its mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024, a majority of Member States consider that the payment suspension methodology remains unclear when it comes to reforms because of the discretion given to the Commission in applying the methodology; urges the Commission to revise this methodology in order to avoid any double standards in its application;

    234.  Notes that the Commission’s IAS, in its audit on ex-ante controls of the RRF payment requests carried out in 2023, identified a very important issue according to which DG ECFIN, in cooperation with the Recovery and Resilience Task Force, should further develop and formalise the existing guidance for the cases where DG ECFIN requests that Member States make additional commitments concerning action stemming from audit and control milestones, in particular that the guidance should define (i) how DG ECFIN should follow up the fulfilment of the formal confirmation on the Member State’s commitment, (ii) the criteria for determining the deadlines for the Member States to fulfil the commitments, and (iii) the relations between the ‘commitment framework’, the ‘framework for assessing M&Ts under the RRF Regulation’ and the ‘Reversal of M&Ts under the Facility’;

    235.  Notes that the Commission checks during its “Protection of the Financial Interest of the Union” audits that Member States have a clear and codified process for transmitting cases of fraud, corruption, conflict of interest and double funding to all competent authorities, including the EPPO where relevant;

    236.  Is concerned by the Court reporting in its annual reports that by the end of 2023, the EPPO had 206 active investigations related to funds used to implement RRF measures and estimated potential damages of over EUR 1,8 billion (concerning both national and Union funding); notes that the 206 open investigations concern ten Member States, with around 75 % of these cases coming from one country; is worried that at the end of 2023 the Member States’ management declarations had not reported a single case of detected suspected fraud, meaning that none of the EPPO open cases were reported by Member States themselves, casting doubts on Member States’ ability to detect and fight frauds; stresses that, while no investigation has yet been completed, the figures presented by the EPPO confirm that the risk of fraud is present in the RRF, and that they call into question the reliability of Member State management declarations in terms of reporting detected fraud and the remedial measures taken; calls for urgent reinforcement of fraud detection mechanisms, including a mandatory fraud risk assessment for all large-scale RRF projects; calls on the Commission to ensure that the EPPO has adequate resources to investigate cases of fraud related to RRF expenditure, given the increasing number of investigations and high estimated damages;

    237.  Warns that Member States’ self-reported fraud cases under RRF remain significantly underreported, creating a misleading picture of financial integrity;

    238.  Strongly regrets the lack of transparency in reporting fraud linked to RRF funds and insists that all Member States comply with standardised reporting obligations and use the Irregularity Management System (IMS);

    239.  Recalls that the Financial Regulation recast in force since 30 September 2024 (‘FR recast’) provides for the extension of its scope of the Early Detection and Exclusion System (EDES) to shared management and direct management in cases where the budget is implemented with Member States, for programmes adopted or financed as from 1 January 2028; calls on the Commission to act on the most serious grounds for exclusion in order to better protect the financial interests of the Union;

    240.  Notes that, with a view to reducing the margin between the Commission and the Court, for different interpretations of M&Ts, the Commission has published its approach to the concepts of the start date of a measure and the concept of ‘substitution of recurring national budgetary expenditure’ as Annex II and Annex III of its 2024 Annual Report on the implementation of the RRF; re-iterate its calls on the Commission to keep working with the Court in order to bring the interpretation of M&Ts as close together as possible;

    Implementation and impact

    241.  Urges the Commission to minimise risks that Member States might chose not to receive parts or the entire amounts of the last payment request, thus avoiding the fulfilment of the last M&Ts and jeopardising the overall implementation of the RRPs; is extremely concerned about the additional risks of measures being reversed after the RRF lifetime, and urges the Commission, when making the final payments, to ensure that such situations will not occur;

    242.  Emphasises that, according to the Commission’s mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024, Member States highlighted the need to mobilise more resources than initially planned to revise the RRPs, and that the efficiency of the performance-based approach is reduced by the ‘excessively complex procedures’ for the plan modifications, which do not distinguish between major or minor amendments and require Council approval for any modification;

    243.  Stresses that for control and audits in the RRF, Member States should put in place arrangements to prevent, detect and correct corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests, and that the Commission performs ex-post and system audits on M&Ts; stresses that some confusion persists with respect to the role of the Court, which has developed a strategy (2021-2025 Strategy) for carrying out its responsibilities for the NGEU programme and the RRF, which some Member States perceive as an unnecessary overlap and administrative burden; is concerned that the Commission, both in its mid-term evaluation of the RRF of 21 February 2024 and its RRF Annual Report of 10 October 2024, acknowledged that Member States’ authorities at all levels found the audit and control procedures to be too complex, and that Member States complained about overlapping audits by national authorities, the Commission and the Court; fully supports the Court work on the RRF; welcomes that the Commission has admitted and accepted that the Court has a full audit mandate on RRF, which is one of the foundation for the Parliament discharge on the RRF funds; recommends to the Member States to cooperate with the European Court of Auditors;

    244.  Is concerned that the Commission Annual Report of 10 October 2024 on the RRF implementation highlighted the entry costs for Member States’ administrations, with room for further simplification; notes, according to this Commission’s Annual Report, that concerning the design of the instrument, in the mid-term evaluation Member States referred to the combined obligations linked to (i) the evidence needed to prove fulfilment of M&Ts, (ii) demanding reporting requirements, for example the common indicators and the bi-annual data; and (iii) the audit and control framework; recalls that Member States see room for simplifying control and audit procedures, ensuring better coordination among the actors involved and avoiding multiple checks; also notes, again according to the Commission RRF Annual Report 2024, that some national authorities also pointed to inflexibility in the Commission’s assessment of milestones and targets and the rigid and resource-intensive procedures to revise RRPs;

    245.  Notes that one of the objectives of the RRF is to help Member States to implement ambitious reforms and investments that make their economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and prepared for the green and digital transitions; highlights with concerns the finding of the Court in its Special Report 15/2024 underlining the lack of relevance, quality and comparability of data submitted by the Member States, with data insufficient to evaluate progress on climate adaptation in the Member States, and thus paving the way for possible greenwashing; expresses concern that the RRF could become a financial vehicle for superficial rebranding of conventional expenditures as ‘green’; encourages the Commission to introduce a mechanism within the RRF framework to track the environmental impact of investments and ensure alignment with the Union’s climate objectives;

    246.  Highlights the RRF impact on the Union business and SMEs; notes that RRF has provided EUR 78 billion in direct support to SMEs, representing 12 % of total RRF expenditure, and that broader measures benefiting businesses amount to EUR 152 billion (23 % of total RRF spending); notes that EUR 2,75 million SMEs, approximately 11 % of all active SMEs in the Union, have received support through the RRF; underlines that nearly 600 000 businesses have benefited from digitalisation initiatives, while EUR 5,2 billion have been allocated to green transition projects, including renewable energy and hydrogen;

    247.  Highlights with concern that the facilitation of cross-border projects has not worked out; deplores that, despite the inclusion in the RRPs of several measures linked to Important Projects of Common Interest (‘IPCEIs’) and cross-border measures in the REPowerEU chapters, the national governance of the Facility has not sufficiently promoted cross-border cooperation; strongly insists that Union financing should be better linked with the achievement of common Union objectives and should generate EU added value;

    248.  Emphasises that the Commission Annual Report of 10 October 2024 on the RRF implementation acknowledged the insufficient involvement of Member States of regional and local authorities, civil society organisations, social partners, and other relevant stakeholders in the preparation and the implementation of the national RRPs; calls for their close involvement in the implementation of the national RRPs on the ground;

    249.  Urges the Commission not to approve any revision of RRPs, which may lead to a re-packaging of planned reforms or investments into the RRPs if they don’t respect the conditions of the RRF Regulation; notes that any revision should always aim to create added value and increase synergies;

    Transparency

    250.  Recalls that, while Member States are not required to publish all data on final recipients, Regulation (EU) 2023/435 of the European Parliament and of the Council(22) amending the RRF Regulation requires Member States to publish information on the 100 final recipients receiving the highest amount of funding under the RRF; welcomes that on 10 October 2024, the Commission published, as part of the RRF Annual Report 2024, a dedicated Annex to provide further clarity on the concept of final recipients under the RRF Regulation and the scope of the publication of data on the largest 100 final recipients; expresses deep concern over the interpretation of the Commission of the concept of “final recipient” under the RRF, as often they are listed only at the ministry level, and that the descriptions are vague, with many examples available in almost all lists provided by Member States; reiterates its demand that the list of 100 largest final recipients provides the factual natural person or entity that is the last in a chain of money transfers to be made available in a publicly accessible database to enhance accountability and enable independent oversight, while respecting the legal framework of Union data protection; is concerned that otherwise it will be problematic to measure the impact and guarantee visibility of the RRF funds to the citizens, although also takes into account the RRF Scoreboard and the project map; stresses that, should the Commission continue to refuse to ensure full transparency, Parliament must consider all available measures to enforce compliance, to prevent a similar interpretation from being applied to the transparency provisions in other financial regulations;

    251.  Reminds the Commission that the letter and spirit of the RRF Regulation must be strictly followed, and that the adoption of guidelines or other internal documents must be fully in line with the results of the negotiations between the co-legislators; is convinced that this has not been the case when the Commission adopted the provisions related to the interpretation of what a “final recipient” is in its Guidance on RRPs in the context of REPowerEU;

    252.  Notes that not being able to ascertain final recipients of RRF funding poses a severe risk to the transparency and traceability of Union funds and thus to the protection of the financial interests of the Union;

    253.  Recalls that a robust IT infrastructure is essential for data collection, programme monitoring and evaluation, and that managing authorities and beneficiaries are critical of the level of information required and duplication with other domestic systems; notes that, in contrast to the Cohesion Policy, the Court under the RRF pointed to the different structures and approaches used by national monitoring authorities, which could be perceived as less reliable by providing non-homogeneous information and leaving room for a potentially high number of errors; stresses that, in this respect, centralised interoperable systems facilitate efficient data collection and reporting, while fragmented systems underscore the need for streamlined approaches;

    254.  Welcomes that the ‘FR recast’ establishes horizontal measures for a centralised website (Financial Transparency System) at Union level, covering all recipients of Union funding, and notes that this website is due to overcome the current fragmentation, enhance transparency, and facilitate public scrutiny of recipients; notes that the Commission, as from the next MFF (i.e. post 2027) will be required to use the relevant data stored in the data mining and risk-scoring tool, Arachne, to feed the centralised website for transparency purposes, and that, in line with data protection rules, the website will include only public data, e.g. relevant data on recipients, contractors, subcontractors, and beneficiaries; further stresses that all Member States will have an obligation to provide the Commission with access to this data, to be fed into Arachne by automated means; regrets that the use of Arachne by Member States is not compulsory;

    255.  Notes that the final M&T of the national RRPs must be completed by 31 August 2026 according to Articles 18(4) and 20(5) of the Regulation; recalls the need for the Commission to work closely with every Member State to speed up implementation on the ground including through providing regular guidance and, upon request, technical assistance to help the implementation of the plans; re-iterates its concerns about the possibility of the reversal of M&Ts after the lifetime of the RRF, and urges the Commission to prevent such situations;

    256.  Calls on the Commission to reject any request of revision of RRPs which would lower the overall ambition of the plan or would eliminate important structural reforms from the RRPs, and to prioritise the completion of measures related to CSRs in RRPs; further calls on the Commission to step up its technical assistance to Member States lagging behind in the RRF implementation;

    Recommendations

    257.  Calls on the Commission to act on the Court’s recommendations from its Annual Report as well as those of its related special reports, and welcomes that the Commission accepts the vast majority of them; calls on the Commission to implement them and to keep the discharge authority informed on the progress of the implementation;

    258.  Calls on the Commission to grant full access to the Court to the new reporting tool on the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), FENIX as soon as possible;

    259.  Furthermore, calls on the Commission to:

       (i) carefully balance auditing and control requirements with the administrative burden imposed on Member States and beneficiaries of future performance-based instruments, while maintaining a sufficient level of control and audit that would grant a solid protection of the Union financial interests;
       (ii) closely monitor the continued fulfilment of M&Ts, in particular those related to audit, monitoring and control and ensure an adequate monitoring of any potential reversal of previously completed M&Ts;
       (iii) use the results of its checks on Member States control systems to express a clear conclusion on their effectiveness and take all appropriate measures;
       (iv) establish one single contact point for Member States on the Statement of Assurance at the Commission to which the Court can have access without further burdening Member States with requests for additional proofs;
       (v) record and monitor systematically all irregularities and all frauds affecting RRF funds;
       (vi) consistently and accurately apply the provisions related to the “final recipients”, of the RRF Regulation, by revising its Guidance on RRPs in the context of REPowerEU, and to communicate with Member States on the correct application of the definition of “final recipients”; calls on the Commission to come forward with proposals requiring Member States to publish details of all final recipients;
       (vii) streamline its control on the M&Ts through the implementation of a Single Audit approach, which would allow reduction of the administrative burden, the consolidation of audit responsibilities between the Commission and the Court, the coordination of audit timelines and requirements to avoid duplication and overlapping controls and audits, but at the same time ensuring the full protection of the Union financial interests;
       (viii) support Member States in making IT systems truly interoperable, so as to facilitate efficient data collection, reporting and exchange between various government departments and agencies to allow the minimisation of the risks of double funding, actively cross-check between relevant databases, and communicate with Member States about their administrative capacities to ensure double funding does not occur; notes in this regard, the positive examples provided at the Court Conference on Transparency and Traceability of EU Recovery and Resilience Funding in October 2024;
       (ix) work closely with Member States to ensure that M&Ts, in particular those of a structural nature or linked with CSRs, are fully and diligently implemented, and that no revision of RRPs will be approved in cases where ambition has been lowered or important measures have been weakened; avoid, to the extent possible, the revision of plans that would represent a “re-packaging” of planned measures into the RRPs if they don’t respect the conditions of the RRF Regulation;
       (x) strictly apply the provisions of the RRF Regulation, including those regarding suspension of payments or recoveries of amounts, in particular if the protection of the financial interests of the Union is not ensured;
       (xi) apply very strictly the methodology on partial payments, including as regards structural measures and measures linked to the implementation of CSRs;
       (xii) develop a methodology based on quality and comparability of data to evaluate progress on green and digital transitions, as well as the tangible benefits, in the Member States;
       (xiii) ensure that Member States diligently apply the visibility provisions of the RRF, making sure that measures implemented through the Facility are adequately flagged as funded by the Union;
       (xiv) provide technical assistance, administrative support and advice to Member States to strengthen their administrative capacity, including through the organisation of regular meetings of the Informal Expert Group on the implementation of the RRF to discuss technical aspects and encourage the exchange of good practices amongst national authorities;
       (xv) perform, whenever a revision of the RRPs is proposed, a comprehensive analysis of new and existing measures and whether they would substitute recurring budgetary expenditure or would be in breach of other eligibility conditions of the RRPs;
       (xvi) provide training and support to Member States to increase administrative capacities including training on specialised skills, knowledge and providing examples of best practices;
       (xvii) keep working with the Court in order to bring the interpretation of M&Ts as close together as possible;
       (xviii) use the recommendations of the Court from its work on the RRF and the experience gained in the implementation for the design of the next multiannual financial framework architecture including the implementation of future Union performance-based instruments;
       (xix) strengthen the design of future performance-based instruments by ensuring a closer link between disbursements and progress in implementation;
       (xx) ensure that any future revision, as well as the overall implementation, of RRPs is done in close cooperation with and consultation of local and regional authorities, and other relevant stakeholders in order to maximise the RRP’s impact;
       (xxi) analyse the weaknesses present in performance-based instruments, and address these weaknesses when designing new programmes in the future;
       (xxii) build, in the next MFF, on a high-level of interoperability and data exchange between various government departments and agencies to facilitate efficient data sharing and real-time updates across multiple platforms in order to allow to track overlapping projects, minimising the risks of double counting and double funding.
    (1) The 11th EDF covers the 2021-2027 MFF.
    (2) ‘The future of European competitiveness’, 9 September 2024.
    (3) Special report 05/2024: EU Transparency Register – provides useful but limited information on lobbying activities.
    (4) Special Report 11/2025 Transparency of EU funding granted to NGOs – despite progress, the overview is still not reliable.
    (5) https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/P-10-2025-000595-ASW_EN.pdf.
    (6) https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32021R0783.
    (7) https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/P-10-2025-000595-ASW_EN.pdf.
    (8) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (9) ECA Special Report 07/2024: The Commission’s systems for recovering irregular EU expenditure – Potential to recover more and faster.
    (10) OJ C, C/2024/5882, 9.10.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/5882/oj.
    (11) COM(2023) 258.
    (12) ECA Special Report 16/2024: EU revenue based on non‑recycled plastic packaging waste – A challenging start hindered by data that is not sufficiently comparable or reliable.
    (13) Council Directive (EU) 2018/822 of 25 May 2018 amending Directive 2011/16/EU as regards mandatory automatic exchange of information in the field of taxation in relation to reportable cross-border arrangements (OJ L 139, 5.6.2018, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dir/2018/822/oj).
    (14) ECA 2023 Annual Report para 1.35.
    (15) Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy (OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/oj).
    (16) Commission Decision of 13.12.2023 on the reassessment, on the Commission’s initiative, of the fulfilment of the conditions under Article 4 of Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 following Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 regarding Hungary, C(2023)8999.
    (17) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj).
    (18) Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027 (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 11; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2093/oj).
    (19) Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj).
    (20) Angola, Benin, Côte d’Ivoire, Fiji, Ghana, Guinea-Bissau, Kenya, Madagascar, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, The Gambia, Togo and Uganda.
    (21) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2023/2841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2023 laying down measures for a high common level of cybersecurity at the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the Union (OJ L, 2023/2841, 18.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/2841/oj).
    (22) Regulation (EU) 2023/435 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2023 amending Regulation (EU) 2021/241 as regards REPowerEU chapters in recovery and resilience plans and amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) 2021/1060 and (EU) 2021/1755, and Directive 2003/87/EC (OJ L 63, 28.2.2023, p. 1; ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/435/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Woodbridge, Connecticut, Man Admits $2.3 Million Pandemic Relief Program Scheme

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime Alerts (b)

    Marc H. Silverman, Acting United States Attorney for the District of Connecticut, today announced that on May 9, 2025, YASIR G. HAMED, 60, of Woodbridge, waived his right to be indicted and pleaded guilty before U.S. District Judge Stefan R. Underhill in Bridgeport to offenses stemming from a scheme to defraud a COVID-19 pandemic relief program of more than $2.3 million.

    In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act provided emergency financial assistance to Americans suffering the economic effects caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.  One source of relief provided by the CARES Act was the authorization of forgivable loans to small businesses for job retention and certain other expenses through the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).  The PPP was overseen by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”), and individual PPP loans were issued by private lenders, which received and processed PPP applications and supporting documentation, and then made loans using the lenders’ own funds, which were guaranteed by the SBA.

    According to court documents and statements made in court, Hamed, an accountant, had an ownership interest or representative relationship with several New Haven-based businesses, including Access Consulting and Professional Services Inc.; Connecticut Medical Transportation Inc.; Arabic Language Learning Program Inc.; Institute for Global Educational Exchange Inc.; Access Medical Transport Inc.; Ikea Car & Limo Inc.; Center of the World Tours, North America LLC.; and Sudanese American Friendship Association Inc.  Between June 2020 and September 2021, Hamed submitted fraudulent PPP loan applications on behalf of these companies, overstating employee numbers and average monthly payroll, and making other fraudulent representations.  As part of the applications, he submitted false tax filings that had never been filed with the IRS.

    Hamed also submitted PPP loan applications on behalf of companies owned by his clients.  In at least one instance, Hamed convinced the owner of a business, which he knew was not active and had no employees, to seek PPP funding.  Hamed prepared the paperwork for the PPP application and then took a significant portion of the loan proceeds.

    Through this scheme, Hamed obtained than $2.3 million in PPP loans for his businesses and for his clients, receiving more than $1 million in loan proceeds for himself and his family, and significant kickbacks from his clients.  Hamed used the funds for personal expenses, including education expenses for a family member, and for a downpayment on a $880,000 house in Woodbridge that he purchased in October 2020.

    Hamed has agreed to pay $2,384,772 in restitution.

    Hamed pleaded guilty to bank fraud, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 30 years, and engaging in illegal monetary transactions, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 10 years.  Judge Underhill scheduled sentencing for August 8.

    Hamed was arrested on November 13, 2024.  He is released on a $500,000 bond pending sentencing.

    This investigation has been conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Internal Revenue Service – Criminal Investigation Division.  The case is being prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney Christopher W. Schmeisser.

    Individuals with information about allegations of fraud involving COVID-19 are encouraged to report it by calling the Department of Justice’s National Center for Disaster Fraud Hotline at 866-720-5721, or via the NCDF Web Complaint Form at: https://www.justice.gov/disaster-fraud/ncdf-disaster-complaint-form.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CE begins Kuwait visit

    Source: Hong Kong Information Services

    Chief Executive John Lee met Kuwait’s local leaders and business representatives, as well as visited cultural facilities on the first day of his visit to the country.
     
    While leading a business delegation comprising representatives from Hong Kong and Mainland enterprises, Mr Lee met the Amir, head of state of Kuwait Meshal Al-Ahmad Al-Jaber Al-Sabah, Kuwait Crown Prince Sabah Al-Khaled Al-Hamad Al-Mubarak Al-Sabah and Kuwait Acting Prime Minister Fahad Yousuf Saud Al-Sabah in the morning to exchange views on strengthening co-operation between Hong Kong and Kuwait.
         
    Mr Lee then attended a roundtable meeting chaired by the Acting Prime Minister, engaging in in-depth discussions with senior officials of the Kuwait government on areas such as finance, trade, and innovation and technology (I&T).
     
    Mr Lee and the Acting Prime Minister witnessed the signing of Memoranda of Understanding by Invest Hong Kong and the Hong Kong Trade Development Council with the Kuwait Direct Investment Promotion Authority respectively. He and the delegation also participated in a luncheon hosted by the Acting Prime Minister.
     
    The Chief Executive noted that Kuwait is the first member of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf (GCC) to sign both an Investment Promotion & Protection Agreement and a Comprehensive Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreement with Hong Kong, establishing a robust framework and foundation for economic and trade co-operation between the two places.
     
    He pointed out that Kuwait has been actively developing a diversified economy in recent years, proposing Kuwait Vision 2035 to promote digital transformation and develop the country into a regional and international financial and trade centre.
     
    He highlighted that Hong Kong, as an international financial, shipping and trade centre with world-class professional services, has vast opportunities for co-operation with Kuwait in areas such as finance, investment, digital economy, and I&T, and can assist Kuwait in advancing its Vision 2035.
     
    Underscoring that Kuwait is the rotating President of the GCC currently, Mr Lee expressed his anticipation to strengthen co-operation between Hong Kong and Kuwait, adding that he looks forward to establishing closer economic, trade and cultural exchanges with more GCC member states.
     
    Additionally, Mr Lee emphasised that Hong Kong enjoys the advantage of connecting the country with the world under the “one country, two systems” principle. Hong Kong will fully leverage its role as a bridge to serve enterprises in going global and attracting external investment, complementing the strengths of Mainland enterprises while deepening international exchanges and co-operation.
     
    He welcomed the Kuwaiti Government and enterprises to utilise Hong Kong’s role as a super connector and super value-adder to explore new opportunities under the Belt & Road Initiative for mutual benefit.
     
    Later, Mr Lee and the delegation met representatives of a local corporation, Bukhamseen Group Holding Company, to learn about the latest developments in the company’s businesses in construction, real estate, financial services, and culture and tourism.
     
    Apart from introducing Hong Kong’s development opportunities and its highly internationalised and market-oriented business environment with its pool of professional services talent, Mr Lee also welcomed the company to use Hong Kong as a springboard to develop diversified businesses and tap into the Mainland market, better grasping the immense opportunities brought by the Belt & Road Initiative and the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area.
     
    Afterwards, Mr Lee visited the Sheikh Abdullah Al Salem Cultural Centre to learn about Kuwait’s arts and culture projects and developments.
     
    Mr Lee made it clear that the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Government is committed to developing Hong Kong into an East-meets-West centre for international cultural exchanges, with the West Kowloon Cultural District as one of the world’s largest arts and culture projects.
     
    He noted that both Hong Kong and Kuwait place importance on arts and culture development, and he looks forward to further deepening connections and co-operation in cultural exchanges between the two places.
     
    The delegation led by Mr Lee attended a dinner hosted by the Ambassador Extraordinary & Plenipotentiary of the People’s Republic of China to the State of Kuwait Zhang Jianwei.
     
    Mr Lee thanked the embassy for making meticulous arrangements for the visit and for its continued support to the Hong Kong SAR Government and the Hong Kong Economic & Trade Office in Dubai.
     
    The Hong Kong SAR Government will continue to promote economic, trade, and cultural exchanges between Hong Kong and Kuwait.

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Canada: Prime Minister announces new Ministry

    Source: Government of Canada – Prime Minister

    Today, the Prime Minister, Mark Carney, announced the members of Canada’s new Ministry.

    Canadians elected this new government with a strong mandate to define a new economic and security relationship with the United States, to build a stronger economy, to reduce the cost of living, and to keep our communities safe. This focused team will act on this mandate for change with urgency and determination.

    The new government will act to catalyze investment and build a new Canadian economy – one that creates higher-paying careers, raises incomes, and can withstand future shocks. They will work in collaboration with provinces, territories, and Indigenous Peoples to advance the nation-building investments that will support the government’s core mission of building one strong, united economy – the strongest economy in the G7.

    The new Cabinet is appointed as follows:

    • Shafqat Ali, President of the Treasury Board
    • Rebecca Alty, Minister of Crown-Indigenous Relations
    • Anita Anand, Minister of Foreign Affairs
    • Gary Anandasangaree, Minister of Public Safety
    • François-Philippe Champagne, Minister of Finance and National Revenue
    • Rebecca Chartrand, Minister of Northern and Arctic Affairs and Minister responsible for the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency
    • Julie Dabrusin, Minister of Environment and Climate Change
    • Sean Fraser, Minister of Justice and Attorney General of Canada and Minister responsible for the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
    • Chrystia Freeland, Minister of Transport and Internal Trade
    • Steven Guilbeault, Minister of Canadian Identity and Culture and Minister responsible for Official Languages
    • Mandy Gull-Masty, Minister of Indigenous Services
    • Patty Hajdu, Minister of Jobs and Families and Minister responsible for the Federal Economic Development Agency for Northern Ontario
    • Tim Hodgson, Minister of Energy and Natural Resources
    • Mélanie Joly, Minister of Industry and Minister responsible for Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions
    • Dominic LeBlanc, President of the King’s Privy Council for Canada and Minister responsible for Canada-U.S. Trade, Intergovernmental Affairs and One Canadian Economy
    • Joël Lightbound, Minister of Government Transformation, Public Works and Procurement
    • Heath MacDonald, Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food
    • Steven MacKinnon, Leader of the Government in the House of Commons
    • David J. McGuinty, Minister of National Defence
    • Jill McKnight, Minister of Veterans Affairs and Associate Minister of National Defence
    • Lena Metlege Diab, Minister of Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship
    • Marjorie Michel, Minister of Health
    • Eleanor Olszewski, Minister of Emergency Management and Community Resilience and Minister responsible for Prairies Economic Development Canada
    • Gregor Robertson, Minister of Housing and Infrastructure and Minister responsible for Pacific Economic Development Canada
    • Maninder Sidhu, Minister of International Trade
    • Evan Solomon, Minister of Artificial Intelligence and Digital Innovation and Minister responsible for the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario
    • Joanne Thompson, Minister of Fisheries
    • Rechie Valdez, Minister of Women and Gender Equality and Secretary of State (Small Business and Tourism)

    The Cabinet will be supported by 10 secretaries of State who will provide dedicated leadership on key issues and priorities within their minister’s portfolio.

    The new secretaries of State are appointed as follows:

    • Buckley Belanger, Secretary of State (Rural Development)
    • Stephen Fuhr, Secretary of State (Defence Procurement)
    • Anna Gainey, Secretary of State (Children and Youth)
    • Wayne Long, Secretary of State (Canada Revenue Agency and Financial Institutions)
    • Stephanie McLean, Secretary of State (Seniors)
    • Nathalie Provost, Secretary of State (Nature)
    • Ruby Sahota, Secretary of State (Combatting Crime)
    • Randeep Sarai, Secretary of State (International Development)
    • Adam van Koeverden, Secretary of State (Sport)
    • John Zerucelli, Secretary of State (Labour)

    Quote

    “Canada’s new Ministry is built to deliver the change Canadians want and deserve. Everyone is expected and empowered to show leadership – to bring new ideas, a clear focus, and decisive action to their work.”

    Associated Links

    MIL OSI Canada News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reconciliation Recommendations of the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform

    Source: US Congressional Budget Office

    Legislation Summary

    H. Con. Res. 14, the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2025, instructed the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform to recommend legislative changes that would decrease deficits by a specified amount over the 2025-2034 period. As part of the reconciliation process, the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform approved legislation on April 30, 2025, that would decrease deficits.

    Estimated Federal Cost

    In CBO’s estimation, the reconciliation recommendations of the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform would, on net, decrease deficits by $51.0 billion over the 2025‑2034 period. The estimated budgetary effects of the legislation are shown in Table 1. The costs of the legislation mainly fall within budget functions 550 (health), 600 (income security), 800 (general government), and 950 (undistributed offsetting receipts).

    Return to Reference

    Table 1.

    Estimated Budgetary Effects of Reconciliation Recommendations Title IX, House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases or Decreases (-) in Direct Spending

       

    Budget Authority

    -22

    -116

    -11

    -575

    -1,007

    -1,418

    -1,784

    -2,046

    -2,277

    -2,491

    -1,731

    -11,747

    Estimated Outlays

    -22

    -189

    4

    -560

    -992

    -1,403

    -1,771

    -2,046

    -2,277

    -2,491

    -1,759

    -11,747

     

    On-Budget

    -22

    -3

    -182

    -560

    -992

    -1403

    -1771

    -2046

    -2277

    -2491

    -1,759

    -11,747

     

    Off-Budget a

    0

    -186

    186

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

     

    Increases in Revenues

       

    Estimated Revenues

    9

    1,839

    4,229

    4,811

    4,802

    4,779

    4,747

    4,707

    4,664

    4,617

    15,690

    39,204

     

    Net Decreases in the Deficit

    From Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues

       

    Effect on the Deficit

    -31

    -2,028

    -4,225

    -5,371

    -5,794

    -6,182

    -6,518

    -6,753

    -6,941

    -7,108

    -17,449

    -50,951

     

    On-Budget Deficit

    -31

    -1,842

    -4,411

    -5,371

    -5,794

    -6,182

    -6,518

    -6,753

    -6,941

    -7,108

    -17,449

    -50,951

     

    Off-Budget Deficit a

    0

    -186

    186

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    a.Cash flows for USPS are recorded in the federal budget in the Postal Service Fund and are classified as off-budget direct spending.

    Basis of Estimate

    For this estimate, CBO assumes that the legislation will be enacted in summer 2025. CBO’s estimates are relative to its January 2025 baseline and cover the period from 2025 through 2034.

    Direct Spending and Revenues

    CBO estimates that enacting the legislation would decrease direct spending by $11.7 billion and increase revenues by $39.2 billion over the 2025-2034 period; the deficit would be reduced $51.0 billion over the 2025-2034 period (see

    The rate for most federal employees, Members of Congress, and Congressional staff who entered the system in 2013 would increase from 3.1 percent to 4.4 percent over the phase-in period. Contributions would remain constant at 3.6 percent for employees who entered in 2013 who are eligible for enhanced benefits and also subject to mandatory retirement. The contributions for FERS Further Revised Annuity Employees (those who entered after 2013) would remain constant at 4.4 percent of their annual salary over the phase-in period for most federal employees, Members of Congress, and Congressional staff and at 4.9 percent for employees who are eligible to receive enhanced benefits.

    Contributions paid by federal employees toward their retirement are recorded as revenues in the federal budget. CBO estimates that the proposed increases in employee contributions would increase revenues by $34.5 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Federal agencies also contribute to their employees’ retirement. For each increase proposed for employees, there would be a corresponding reduction for employing agencies. Reducing employers’ contributions for FERS employees (other than employees of the Postal Service, USPS) would reduce spending subject to appropriation by $31.8 billion over the 2025‑2034 period, CBO estimates. That, in turn, would reduce the intragovernmental offsetting receipts paid into the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund (CSRDF) by an equal amount. Because that budgetary action is contingent on future appropriations, the increase in the deficit from the decline in estimated offsetting receipts is not attributed to this legislation.

    By contrast, outlays by USPS are classified as off-budget direct spending. Reducing that agency’s contributions to employee retirement would result in smaller intragovernmental offsetting receipts being paid into the CSRDF, therefore increasing on-budget direct spending by that same amount.

    Under section 90001, the total amount of retirement contributions (employee plus agency shares) paid into the CSRDF would remain the same as under current law. That is, the legislation would replace some of the payments by agencies with payments by federal employees. CBO attributes budgetary savings to the proposal because employees’ contributions are classified in the budget as revenues, whereas agency payments are classified as intragovernmental transfers that are subject to future appropriation. If the reduction in intragovernmental transfers makes possible an offsetting increase in other appropriations, the net effect would be an increase in outlays—because an intragovernmental payment would be replaced by spending that goes outside the government.

    CBO estimates that reducing the USPS contribution rate for affected employees would reduce that agency’s required payments to the CSRDF by nearly $2.7 billion over the 
    2025-2034 period. That reduction of receipts into the fund would result in a nearly $2.7 billion increase in on-budget direct spending over the period. Because CBO projects that USPS will exhaust both its borrowing authority and its reserve funds in 2027, any savings to the Postal Service Fund from lower retirement contributions would be fully offset beginning in that year. As a result, CBO estimates that enacting the provision would result in a reduction in off-budget outlays in 2026 that would be offset by increased off-budget direct spending beginning in 2027 as USPS would spend the amount it saved from lower accrual payments to fund its operations.

    Elimination of FERS Annuity Supplement

    Under current law, certain FERS employees who retire before age 62 receive a supplement to their annuity that is intended to equal the amount they would receive from the Social Security Administration if they were eligible for Social Security benefits at the time of retirement.The annuity supplement ends when the retiree turns 62 or becomes eligible to receive Social Security benefits.

    Section 90002 would eliminate the annuity supplement for most newly retired people under FERS. Employees who retire under a mandatory authority would continue to receive the supplement as under current law. Current FERS annuitants and those who retire before enactment also would continue to receive the supplement.

    Using data from the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), CBO estimates that about 21,000 new FERS retirees who do not retire under a mandatory authority are added to the annuity supplement rolls each year. In fiscal year 2025, the average annual supplement for affected annuitants would be about $18,000, CBO estimates. Those annuitants begin to receive the supplement, on average, at age 59 and would therefore receive the supplement for about three years. On that basis, CBO estimates that eliminating the supplement for new annuitants would reduce direct spending by $10.0 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    High-5 Average Pay for Calculating CSRS and FERS Pension

    Most federal employees hired before 1987 are part of the Civil Service Retirement System (CSRS), the defined benefit pension plan that was replaced by FERS. Under current law, retirement annuities under both systems are based on a participant’s average salary over the three consecutive years with their highest earnings.

    Section 90003 would change the annuity calculation to use a five-year average for most CSRS and FERS employees who retire on or after January 1, 2027. The annuity calculation for employees who are subject to mandatory retirement would remain at the three-year average, as under current law.

    Using data from OPM, CBO estimates that about 90,000 employees who are not subject to mandatory retirement are added to the CSRS and FERS retirement rolls each year. Under current law, the average monthly benefit for CSRS annuitants was about $5,700 in fiscal year 2024; for FERS the average was about $2,300. Using the five-year average, rather than the three-year average, would reduce an affected retiree’s annuity by about 3 percent. CBO estimates that enacting section 90003 would reduce direct spending by $3.1 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Election for At-Will Employment and Lower FERS Contributions for New Federal Civil Service Hires

    Section 90004 would require most new federal civilian hires to choose either to serve as at-will employees or to contribute an additional five percent of their salary toward their retirement. The change would apply to employees hired or appointed after enactment. It would not apply to employees who cannot appeal adverse actions to the Merit Systems Protection Board, including most USPS employees. It also would exclude certain other employees, including positions excepted from the competitive service due to the confidential, policy focused nature of their work.

    At-will employees can have their employment terminated at any time without cause. Those employees retain protection under antidiscrimination laws, however, including laws that prohibit termination on the basis of race, sex, or religion. Under this provision, new hires who choose not to become at-will employees would retain civil service protections that require employers to show cause for any adverse personnel action and would retain the right to appeal employment termination.

    Based on data from OPM, CBO estimates that roughly 124,000 affected federal hires will enter FERS in fiscal year 2026 with an annual salary of about $71,000, on average. Using data about employees’ perceptions of job security and willingness to forgo current compensation for future benefits, CBO estimates that roughly one quarter of affected federal hires would choose to contribute an additional 5 percent of their salary toward retirement rather than enter into at-will employment. On that basis, CBO estimates that the larger retirement contributions of those who reject at-will employment would increase revenues by $4.7 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    Federal agencies also are required to contribute toward employees’ retirement. Under section 90004, agencies’ contributions would decrease by the same percentage that employees’ contributions rise. CBO estimates that reduced employer contributions for FERS employees in agencies other than USPS would decrease spending subject to appropriation by $4.5 billion over the 2025-2034 period.

    CBO estimates that section 90004 would apply to roughly 10 percent of USPS employees. A reduction in USPS’s contributions for affected hires who do not choose at-will employment would reduce that agency’s required payments to the CSRDF (as well as receipts into the fund) by $112 million over the 2025‑2034 period, CBO estimates, thereby boosting on-budget direct spending by that amount. Because CBO projects that USPS will exhaust both its borrowing authority and its reserve funds in 2027, any savings to the Postal Service Fund would be fully offset beginning in that year. Thus, CBO estimates no net change in off-budget outlays by USPS over the 2025-2034 period.

    Filing Fee for Merit Systems Protection Board Claims and Appeals

    Section 90005 would direct the Merit Systems Protection Board (MSPB) to impose fees for employees, former employees, or applicants for employment to file certain types of claims against federal agencies. Fees collected from claimants whose appeals are denied would be deposited into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. CBO expects that under this provision fewer claims would be filed than the 4,000 that are filed annually, on average, under current law. Using information from the MSPB, CBO estimates that enacting the provision would increase revenues by $3 million over the 2025‑2034 period.

    FEHB Protection

    Section 90006 would require federal agencies to verify the eligibility of enrollees’ dependents to participate in the FEHB program. That program provides health insurance to about 8 million federal workers and annuitants, including current and retired USPS employees, and coverage for their dependents and survivors. Verification would occur when the employee or annuitant starts or changes a dependent’s enrollment—for example, during open season, because of a change in employment, or in response to a qualifying life event, such as a marriage or the birth or adoption of a child. Within six years of enactment, the legislation would require OPM to conduct a verification audit of all dependents enrolled in the program. Dependents found to be ineligible would be denied enrollment or disenrolled. The legislation also would expand OPM’s annual assessment of fraud risk to include a risk assessment for enrollment by ineligible dependents.

    Agencies currently verify dependents’ eligibility at initial enrollment or when employees change their coverage at the time of a qualifying life event. OPM requires federal agencies to verify 10 percent of enrollment elections during open season. However, the Government Accountability Office has indicated that some ineligible dependents have been enrolled and that additional measures could be taken to reduce fraud in the program.

    Over the 2026-2034 period, the legislation would authorize OPM to spend $604 million from the FEHB trust fund to expand that agency’s oversight of the program, increasing outlays by the same amount. Authorized amounts would be for the following activities:

    • $474 million to develop, maintain, and conduct ongoing verifications for and oversight of the FEHB program’s enrollment and eligibility systems;
    • $80 million to audit enrollment of dependents; and
    • $50 million for program oversight by OPM’s Office of the Inspector General.

    Those amounts would be used in part for activities that would reduce enrollment in FEHB and result in smaller government contributions to premiums. CBO anticipates that OPM would implement the section’s auditing requirements using contracts with private-sector entities. Given the likely duration and complexity of such an undertaking, CBO expects that the audit would begin later in fiscal year 2026 and continue through 2031.

    Using data on the composition of enrollment in the FEHB program, along with information about the share of dependents removed as a result of other verification audits, CBO expects that implementing the section would cause enrollment to decline by about 100,000 people, on average, in each year over the 2026-2034 period, of which about 10,000 would be removed as a result of open-season verifications.

    Government contributions to premiums for federal annuitants and USPS employees are classified in the budget as direct spending. Therefore, a decline in FEHB enrollment among those groups would reduce direct spending. CBO estimates that about 35 percent of the people disenrolled would be ineligible dependents of federal annuitants and USPS employees, at an average annual cost of about $6,900 per dependent, for a total reduction in direct spending of $2.1 billion over the 2026-2034 period.

    In total, CBO estimates enacting the section would reduce direct spending by about $1.5 billion over the 2026‑2034 period.

    Uncertainty

    CBO’s estimates for the budgetary effects of enacting title IX are subject to uncertainty. Several areas in particular are difficult to estimate:

    • Anticipating federal employees’ responses to changes in FERS contributions and benefits is uncertain because decisions related to employment and retirement depend on a wide variety of individual circumstances.
    • Estimating new federal employees’ responses to a requirement to contribute a larger percentage of their salary toward their retirement or accept at-will employment is subject to significant uncertainty due to limited data and historical experience related to how workers have responded in similar situations.
    • Estimating the budgetary effects of section 90006 is subject to significant uncertainty because no similar verification audit of the FEHB program has been undertaken. CBO projected the cost of an audit, length of time required to complete an audit, the number of dependents who could be found ineligible, and the number disenrolled, but actual amounts could be larger or smaller than estimated. Moreover, given the inherent uncertainty concerning patterns of health care use by people who would be newly found ineligible, the reductions in spending that would be generated by an audit also could be larger or smaller than estimated here.

    Pay-As-You-Go Considerations

    The Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010 establishes budget-reporting and enforcement procedures for legislation affecting direct spending or revenues. The net changes in outlays and revenues that are subject to those pay-as-you-go procedures are shown in Chief, Projections Unit

    Ann E. Futrell
    Acting Chief, Natural and Physical Resources Cost Estimates Unit

    Sarah Masi
    Senior Adviser, Budget Analysis Division

    Kathleen FitzGerald 
    Chief, Public and Private Mandates Unit

    Christina Hawley Anthony
    Deputy Director of Budget Analysis

    H. Samuel Papenfuss 
    Deputy Director of Budget Analysis

    Chad Chirico 
    Director of Budget Analysis

    Phillip L. Swagel

    Director, Congressional Budget Office

    Table 2.

    Estimated Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues Under Reconciliation Recommendations Title IX, House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases or Decreases (-) in Direct Spending

       

    Sec. 90001, Increase in FERS Employee Contribution Requirements

                       

    Budget Authority

    0

    0

    578

    415

    378

    341

    306

    273

    242

    214

    1,371

    2,747

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    0

    578

    415

    378

    341

    306

    273

    242

    214

    1,371

    2,747

     

    On-Budgeta

    0

    183

    395

    415

    378

    341

    306

    273

    242

    214

    1,371

    2,747

     

    Off-Budgetb

    0

    -183

    183

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sec. 90002, Elimination of FERS Annuity Supplement

                       

    Budget Authority

    -22

    -229

    -530

    -781

    -1,013

    -1,219

    -1,387

    -1,521

    -1,623

    -1,709

    -2,575

    -10,034

    Estimated Outlays

    -22

    -229

    -530

    -781

    -1,013

    -1,219

    -1,387

    -1,521

    -1,623

    -1,709

    -2,575

    -10,034

    Sec. 90003, High-5 Average Pay for Calculating CSRS and FERS Pension

                       

    Budget Authority

    0

    0

    -38

    -122

    -224

    -329

    -435

    -541

    -650

    -761

    -384

    -3,100

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    0

    -38

    -122

    -224

    -329

    -435

    -541

    -650

    -761

    -384

    -3,100

    Sec. 90004, Election for At-Will Employment and Lower FERS Contributions for New Federal Civil Service Hires

                       

    Budget Authority

    0

    0

    6

    7

    10

    13

    15

    18

    20

    23

    23

    112

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    0

    6

    7

    10

    13

    15

    18

    20

    23

    23

    112

     

    On-Budgeta

    0

    2

    4

    7

    10

    13

    15

    18

    20

    23

    23

    112

     

    OffBudgetb

    0

    -2

    2

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Sec. 90006, FEHB Protection

                       

    Budget Authority

    0

    113

    -27

    -94

    -158

    -224

    -283

    -275

    -266

    -258

    -166

    -1,472

    Estimated Outlays

    0

    40

    -12

    -79

    -143

    -209

    -270

    -275

    -266

    -258

    -194

    -1,472

     

    On-Budgetc

    0

    41

    -13

    -79

    -143

    -209

    -270

    -275

    -266

    -258

    -194

    -1,472

     

    Off-Budgetd

    0

    -1

    1

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    Total Changes

                           

    Budget Authority

    -22

    -116

    -11

    -575

    -1,007

    -1,418

    -1,784

    -2,046

    -2,277

    -2,491

    -1,731

    -11,747

    Estimated Outlays

    -22

    -189

    4

    -560

    -992

    -1,403

    -1,771

    -2,046

    -2,277

    -2,491

    -1,759

    -11,747

     

    On-Budget

    -22

    -3

    -182

    -560

    -992

    -1403

    -1771

    -2046

    -2277

    -2491

    -1,759

    -11,747

     

    Off-Budget

    0

    -186

    186

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    (Continued)

    Table 2.

    Estimated Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues Under Reconciliation Recommendations Title IX, House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, as Ordered Reported on April 30, 2025

    (Continued)

     

    By Fiscal Year, Millions of Dollars

       
     

    2025

    2026

    2027

    2028

    2029

    2030

    2031

    2032

    2033

    2034

    2025-2029

    2025-2034

     

    Increases in Revenues

       

    Sec. 90001, Increase in FERS Employee Contribution Requirements

                       

    Estimated Revenues

    0

    1,768

    4,052

    4,525

    4,404

    4,270

    4,123

    3,967

    3,805

    3,634

    14,749

    34,548

    Sec. 90004, Election for At-Will Employment and Lower FERS Contributions for New Federal Civil Service Hires

                       

    Estimated Revenues

    9

    71

    177

    286

    397

    509

    624

    740

    859

    981

    940

    4,653

    Sec. 90005, Filing Fee for Merit Systems Protection Board Claims and Appeals

                     

    Estimated Revenues

    *

    *

    *

    *

    1

    *

    *

    *

    *

    2

    1

    3

    Total Changes

                           

    Estimated Revenues

    9

    1,839

    4,229

    4,811

    4,802

    4,779

    4,747

    4,707

    4,664

    4,617

    15,690

    39,204

     

    Net Decrease in the Deficit

    From Changes in Direct Spending and Revenues

       

    Effect on the Deficit

    -31

    -2,028

    -4,225

    -5,371

    -5,794

    -6,182

    -6,518

    -6,753

    -6,941

    -7,108

    -17,449

    -50,951

    On-Budget Deficitta,c

    -31

    -1,842

    -4,411

    -5,371

    -5,794

    -6,182

    -6,518

    -6,753

    -6,941

    -7,108

    -17,449

    -50,951

    Off-Budget Deficitb,d

    0

    -186

    186

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    0

    a. The on-budget effect arises from reduced contributions by the Postal Service for FERS employees’ retirement, resulting in smaller deposits of offsetting receipts into the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund.

    b. The off-budget effect arises from reduced contributions by the Postal Service for FERS employees’ retirement. Under current law, CBO expects that the Postal Service will exhaust both its borrowing authority and its reserve funds in 2027. As a result, CBO expects that the savings to the Postal Service Fund under the legislation would be fully offset beginning in that year.

    c. The on-budget effect arises from reductions in enrollment in the FEHB program of dependents of federal annuitants.

    d. The off-budget effect comes from reduced Postal Service contributions for postal employees’ health benefits. Under current law, CBO expects that the Postal Service will exhaust both its borrowing authority and its reserve funds in 2027. As a result, CBO expects that the savings to the Postal Service Fund under the legislation would be fully offset beginning in that year.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Joint Statement from New York Reps. Mike Lawler, Elise Stefanik, Andrew Garbarino, and Nick Lalota on Proposed SALT Cap Deduction

    Source: US Congressman Mike Lawler (R, NY-17)

    Washington, D.C. – 5/8/2025… Congressman Mike Lawler (NY-17) today joined Reps. Elise Stefanik (NY-21), Andrew Garbarino (NY-02), and Nick LaLota (NY-01) issued the following joint statement in response to the House Ways and Means Committee’s proposed $30,000 cap on State and Local Tax (SALT) deductions:

    “We’ve negotiated in good faith on SALT from the start, fighting for the taxpayers we represent in New York.

    Yet with no notice or agreement, the Speaker and the House Ways and Means Committee unilaterally proposed a flat $30,000 SALT cap – an amount they already knew would fall short of earning our support.

    It’s not just insulting – it risks derailing President Trump’s One Big Beautiful Bill.

    New Yorkers already send far more to Washington than we get back, unlike many so-called “low-tax” states that depend heavily on federal largesse.

    A higher SALT cap isn’t a luxury. It’s a matter of fairness.

    We reject this offer.”

    Congressman Lawler is one of the most bipartisan members of Congress and represents New York’s 17th Congressional District, which is just north of New York City and contains all or parts of Rockland, Putnam, Dutchess, and Westchester Counties. He was rated the most effective freshman lawmaker in the 118th Congress, 8th overall, surpassing dozens of committee chairs.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Lawler Calls For Stronger SALT Relief Amidst Reconciliation Talks With House Leadership

    Source: US Congressman Mike Lawler (R, NY-17)

    Lawler Calls For Stronger SALT Relief Amidst Reconciliation Talks With House Leadership

    Washington, D.C. , May 12, 2025

    Pearl River, N.Y. – 5/12/25… Congressman Mike Lawler (NY-17) released the following statement regarding the current House budget reconciliation bill’s failure to adequately lift the cap on the State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction.

    “As I have said repeatedly, I will not support any bill that does not adequately lift the cap on SALT,” said Congressman Lawler. “This bill, as written, fails to deliver and will not have my support. I look forward to continuing to negotiate with leadership and the administration to provide real tax relief for my constituents.”

    Congressman Lawler is one of the most bipartisan members of Congress and represents New York’s 17th Congressional District, which is just north of New York City and contains all or parts of Rockland, Putnam, Dutchess, and Westchester Counties. He was rated the most effective freshman lawmaker in the 118th Congress, 8th overall, surpassing dozens of committee chairs.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Summerfield Man Pleads Guilty to Ponzi Scheme and Tax Fraud

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime News

    Winston-Salem, NC – William Lamar Rhew, III of Summerfield pled guilty today, May 6, 2025, to wire fraud, money laundering, securities fraud, tax evasion, and failure to file tax return in connection with a $20 million Ponzi scheme, announced Acting United States Attorney Randall S. Galyon.  

    According to court documents, from November 2017 to December 2023, Rhew defrauded at least 117 investors of at least $24 million.  He induced victims to invest with his company Chadley Capital, LLC which would allegedly buy accounts receivable at a discount, sell them for a profit, and provide consistently high rates of return on investment.  Rhew touted the company’s increasing deal flow and underwriting standards and, in offering materials, claimed $300 million in transactions in 2023, consistent returns in excess of 20% per year, and nearly 74% total growth over 24 months.  All of Rhew’s representations were false.  Instead of investing victims’ funds as promised, Rhew used their money to pay his personal expenses including the purchases of a boat, a beach house, and luxury cars, and to make “interest” and “withdrawal” payments to other victim-investors as part of the Ponzi scheme.  In addition, for Tax Years 2018 through 2022, Rhew willfully failed to report nearly $9 million in income to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).  As part of the plea agreement, Rhew has agreed to pay restitution to the victims in the amount of $14,868,815.67 and to the IRS in the amount of $3,056,936.

    Sentencing is scheduled to take place on August 22, 2025, at 2:30 p.m. in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, before United States District Judge Thomas D. Schroeder. At sentencing, Rhew faces a maximum sentence of twenty years in prison, a period of supervised release of up to three years, and monetary penalties.

    “Sadly, we see an abundance of investment fraud schemes in which perpetrators exploit people who know and trust them,” said Acting U.S. Attorney Galyon. “We are committed to pursuing justice for victims in these cases but encourage the public to beware of any investment opportunity that sounds too good to be true, no matter who is promoting it.”

    “Today’s guilty plea represents the dedication of our agency in ensuring the actions of one individual are not at the expense of others,” said Special Agent in Charge Donald “Trey” Eakins, Charlotte Field Office, IRS Criminal Investigation. “In this case, the defendant not only victimized his investors, but he also defrauded American taxpayers by concealing his income from the IRS and evading his tax liability. IRS Criminal Investigation’s special agents will continue to use their financial expertise to find and investigate these types of investor fraud schemes alongside our law enforcement partners.”

    “It’s unlikely fraudsters will be up front and admit they’re taking your money and pumping it into a Ponzi scheme.  But there are warning signs: investors should be wary anytime you’re guaranteed high returns with little or no risk,” said FBI Charlotte Special Agent in Charge Robert M. DeWitt.  “Hopefully, the defendant’s acceptance of responsibility will offer some comfort and closure to the victims.”

    “This guilty plea marks another significant victory in the pursuit of justice for the citizens of North Carolina,” said the Director of the NC SBI. “The victims in this case are hardworking men and women, many of whom are small business owners.  The Financial Crimes Investigations Unit of the North Carolina State Bureau of Investigation will continue to work diligently to combat fraud against the citizens of our great state.  The SBI would like to thank the IRS and FBI for their efforts in ensuring justice for the victims involved in this case.”
        
    The case was investigated by the Internal Revenue Service-Criminal Investigation, Federal Bureau of Investigation, and North Carolina State Bureau of Investigation. It is being prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney Laura Jeanne Dildine.

    ###
     

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI USA: Booker, Schiff Reintroduce Bicameral Legislation to Boost Teacher Compensation

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for New Jersey Cory Booker
    WASHINGTON, D.C. — During Teacher Appreciation Week, U.S. Senators Cory Booker (D-N.J.) and Adam Schiff (D-CA) reintroduced the bicameral Respect, Advancement, and Increasing Support for Educators (RAISE) Act, legislation that would boost teacher compensation by putting tax money back in their pockets and help diversify the teaching workforce. The bill would provide educators with a minimum of $1000 in refundable tax credits and as much as $15,000.
    Teachers play a critical role in shaping young lives throughout our nation. Currently, public elementary and secondary teachers earn about 27 percent less than similarly educated professions. Based on a worldwide comparison, the average salary gap between teachers and others with comparable educational backgrounds is greater in the U.S. than in any other OECD country with available data.
    There were over 41,000 unfilled teacher positions that same year. Teacher shortages across the U.S. leave instruction in high-need subjects like science, math, special education, and English language development understaffed. Furthermore, according to a recent analysis of state-reported teacher shortage data, 49 states plus the District of Columbia employed over 365,000 teachers who were not fully certified for their teaching assignment in 2024. Additionally, high poverty districts also experience higher rates of teacher turnover, leaving students from families with low incomes at greater risk of experiencing a shortage. Low wages are often cited as a source of high turnover and teacher vacancies.
    Through refundable tax credits, the RAISE Act will help boost the compensation of early childhood, elementary, and secondary school teachers. Depending on the level of poverty in the schools educators serve, public school teachers would be eligible for a tax credit up to $15,000. The bill would also double the educator tax deduction, which teachers can use to offset the cost of school supplies and expand eligibility to early childhood educators.
    “Teachers are the backbone of our education system, and tasked every day with the responsibility to help shape and develop the minds of our nation’s children,” said Senator Booker. “It’s unacceptable that despite the invaluable role they play in our society, teachers are still underpaid and undervalued. This legislation aims to provide up to $15,000 in tax credits for public school teachers so we can close the wage gap and finally give our educators a much needed raise.”
    “Public education is the foundation of upward mobility in our society and the chance for a better life, and our teachers play the most vital role. If we want to attract and retain the best teachers amidst all of the challenges of staffing shortages, large classrooms and aging facilities, they need our support. We must provide teachers with the long-overdue wage increases they deserve for shaping the next generation of citizens and leaders,” said Senator Schiff.
    “The Trump agenda of gutting the Department of Education while slashing taxes for the ultra-wealthy will ultimately take money out of the pockets of hard-working New Jersey educators and families,” said NJEA President Sean Spiller. “Trump’s cuts to education funding and his billionaire tax giveaways will mean fewer resources for children, especially students with special needs, and less money to support New Jersey’s educators and our best-in-the-nation public schools. We applaud Senator Booker for the RAISE Act of 2025, which provides tax breaks where they belong: to working class educators and to parents.”
    “The RAISE Act introduced by Senator Booker recognizes the commitment and dedication of our early childhood, elementary and secondary school teachers. While giving tax credits doesn’t solve the underpaying of teachers, it will help with a school district’s recruiting and retention efforts. The bill also rewards districts that maintain or increase salaries with additional grants that can be used for more recruiting and retention efforts especially in our neediest districts. AFTNJ thanks Senator Booker for introducing and continuing to advocate for this important and necessary legislation,” said Jennifer S. Higgins, President, American Federation of Teachers New Jersey (AFTNJ).
    The RAISE Act would improve financial compensation for elementary, secondary, and early childhood teachers to help address the teacher shortage and wage disparity. Specifically, the legislation would:
    Create Refundable Tax Credits for Educators: 
    A sliding scale tax credit of up to $15,000 for public school teachers, with the highest credits for educators in high-poverty schools.
    Up to $15,000 for early childhood educators with a bachelor’s degree and up to $10,000 for those with an associate degree or CDA credential. 
    $1,000 refundable tax credit for all eligible early childhood and K–12 educators.

    Increase the educator tax deduction to $500 to offset teacher’s purchases of school supplies. 
    Increase, by nearly $3 billion, annual mandatory funding for the Elementary and Secondary Education Act’s Title II, which supports educator recruitment, retention, professional development, and class size reduction. 
    Create and fund a federal grant program to incentivize local educational agencies to increase teacher salaries and strengthen, retain, and diversify the educator workforce. 
    The RAISE Act is endorsed by the following organizations: National Education Association (NEA), New Jersey Education Association (NJEA), Prepared To Teach, Public Advocacy for Kids (PAK), The Teacher Salary Project, Council for Exceptional Children (CEC), National Writing Project, First Five Years Fund, Education Law Center (ELC), Association for Career and Technical Education (ACTE), Center for Black Educator Development, Educational Testing Service (ETS), National Council of Teachers of English (NCTE), AASA – The School Superintendents Association, National Center for Learning Disabilities (NCLD), Early Edge California, National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), American Federation of Teachers (AFT), The Education Trust (EdTrust), National Association for Music Education (NAfME), First Focus Campaign for Children, Deans for Impact (DFI), National Parents Union, All4Ed, NAACP, Teacher Education Division of the Council for Exceptional Children, Joint National Committee for Languages (JNCL), Center for American Progress (CAP), American Association of School Personnel Administrators (AASPA), Institute for Educational Leadership (IEL), TEACH, Council of Administrators of Special Education (CASE), Education Reform Now, National Women’s Law Center (NWLC), Association of Latino Administrators and Superintendents (ALAS), Leading Educators, Association of Educational Service Agencies (AESA), Thurgood Marshall College Fund, Hispanic Association of Colleges and Universities (HACU), Public Advocates, ZERO TO THREE, National PTA, National Center for Languages and International Studies, Advance CTE, AFL-CIO California Federation of Teachers (CFT), American Federation of Labor and Congress of Industrial Organizations (AFL-CIO), UnidosUS, American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education (AACTE), MomsRising, and Educators for Excellence, the Southern Education Foundation.
    The bill is cosponsored by U.S. Senators Alex Padilla (D-CA), Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), Chris Van Hollen (D-MD), Jacky Rosen (D-NV), and Angela Alsobrooks (D-MD).
    To read the full text of the bill, click here.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Warren Demands Health and Human Services Nominee Erase Ethics Conflicts with Pharmaceutical, Biotech Companies

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Massachusetts – Elizabeth Warren
    May 13, 2025
    As RFK Jr.’s Deputy, O’Neill would have insight and influence over FDA approvals
    “Your relationships with biomedical companies regulated by HHS will raise concerns about your impartiality in this role”
    Text of Letter (PDF)
    Washington, D.C. — U.S. Senator Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) wrote to Mr. James O’Neill, nominee for Deputy Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), asking him to recuse himself from matters involving companies he has worked with, given many of those companies may seek the Food and Drug Administration’s (FDA) regulatory approval during his tenure. Senator Warren also asked Mr. O’Neill to commit not to take a job in the industries regulated by HHS for at least four years after leaving office and not to lobby HHS for at least four years after leaving office. The Senate Finance Committee will vote on advancing O’Neill’s nomination on Thursday, May 15, 2025. 
    O’Neill, a “close ally” of Trump-backer Peter Thiel, once managed one of Thiel’s venture capital firms, Mithril Capital Management, where he invested in biotech companies developing medical robots, diabetes treatments, antibody technologies, and more. Some of these companies are now seeking FDA approval. After O’Neill left the company, the Federal Bureau of Investigation investigated the firm for potentially defrauding its investors. 
    As Deputy HHS Secretary, O’Neill would have insight into and influence over the FDA’s approvals process and could potentially sway HHS’s decision-making to favor companies with which he has worked. O’Neill advises and serves on the board of ADvantage Therapeutics, a pharmaceutical company developing an Alzheimer’s drug that will require FDA approval. He has agreed to recuse from matters related to ADvantage for one year (or two years if he receives a bonus from the company), but “after just one or two years, [his] relationship with the company will remain fresh enough to raise serious impartiality concerns.” Given that, Senator Warren urged, “To mitigate even the appearance of a conflict of interest, you should agree to recuse for four years from [matters related to the company].”
    Former HHS officials, including former FDA Commissioner Robert Califf and NIH Director Monica Bertagnolli, agreed to recuse themselves from their former clients’ matters for four years — beyond the two-year recusal required by the Biden administration. 
    O’Neill’s ties to the pharmaceutical industry also raise concerns about his post-government employment prospects. As a result, Senator Warren asked him to commit not to work for any company he regulates or otherwise interacts with during his time at HHS for four years after leaving government service. 
    If O’Neill were to take a job in the industry, “the public would reasonably question whether the decisions [he] made in office were influenced by the prospect of future compensation from a company [he] regulated,” said Senator Warren. 
    “The public may also question whether you were cashing in on your executive-branch connections and government expertise to help your new company benefit from insider information to skirt rules that you helped oversee or to curry favor with HHS and/or its subagencies,” the senator continued. 
    Senator Warren reminded O’Neill that both former FDA Commissioner Califf and former NIH Director Monica Bertagnolli agreed to these post-government employment restrictions. Even HHS Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who refused to give up some of his egregious conflicts, still agreed not to work for a drug company after leaving office. 
    Finally, to mitigate concerns about the revolving door of former government officials lobbying the agencies they once led, Senator Warren pushed O’Neill to commit not to lobby HHS for four years after leaving office, similar to the agreements made by multiple Biden appointees, including Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, Internal Revenue Service Chief Counsel Marjorie Rollinson, and Treasury Assistant Secretary for Investment Security Paul Rosen.
    “The rampant revolving door of former government leaders lobbying the agencies they once led, while their government relationships remain fresh, erodes Americans’ faith in the federal government,” said Senator Warren. 
    Senator Warren asked O’Neill to answer these ethics commitment requests on the record, including whether he plans to accept any future payment from the companies he’s tied to, by May 14, 2025. 
    Senator Warren has been a leader on enforcing government ethics standards and pressing nominees to address conflicts of interest: 
    In March 2025, Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Marty Makary and Jay Bhattacharya, nominees to lead the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the National Institutes of Health (NIH), respectively, asking them to address their conflicts of interest ahead of their confirmation hearings.
    In February 2025, Senator Elizabeth Warren and Tim Kaine (D-Va.) called on Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to recuse himself from former clients’ and employers’ particular matters and commit to not lobbying HHS after his tenure as Secretary.
    In February 2025, following the Senate Finance Committee vote to advance the nomination of Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr. for Secretary of Health and Human Services, Senator Elizabeth Warren gave remarks regarding the nominee’s continued conflicts of interest. 
    In February 2025, Senators Warren and Ron Wyden (D-Ore.), Ranking Member on the Senate Finance Committee, wrote to Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr., pressing him to urgently resolve his serious conflicts of interest before the committee vote Wednesday morning.
    In January 2025, following pressure from Senate Democrats, Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr. agreed to amend his flawed ethics agreement (see Warren QFRs at the end of Part 2 and start of Part 3).
    In January 2025, at a hearing of the Senate Finance Committee, Senator Elizabeth Warren questioned Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr., nominee for Secretary of Health and Human Services, about his dangerous conflicts of interest and record of profiting from anti-vaccine conspiracies.
    In January 2025, ahead of Mr. Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s confirmation hearing for Secretary of Health and Human Services, Senator Elizabeth Warren sent a 34-page letter detailing her concerns with his nomination and asked him to answer 175 questions ahead of his hearing before the Finance Committee.
    In January 2025, Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Trump Transition Co-Chairs Howard Lutnick and Linda McMahon, urging them to make the White House’s ethics pledge for incoming appointees as strong as possible and outlining specific provisions to do so. The letter came at the end of the first week of confirmation hearings for President-elect Trump’s cabinet nominees, many of whom have been found to have serious conflicts of interest and massive wealth.
    In December 2024, Senators Elizabeth Warren, Ron Wyden (D-Ore.), Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.), and Representative Lloyd Doggett (D-Texas) wrote to Dr. Mehmet Oz, President-elect Donald Trump’s pick to lead the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, raising stark concerns about his advocacy to eliminate traditional Medicare and his deep financial ties to the private health insurers that would benefit from that move.
    In November 2024, in response to the news that President-elect Donald Trump selected Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to serve as Secretary of Health and Human Services, Senator Elizabeth Warren released a statement calling him a “danger to public health, scientific research, medicine, and health care coverage for millions of Americans.”
    In January 2022, Senator Elizabeth Warren secured a commitment from then-FDA Commissioner nominee Dr. Robert Califf to recuse himself from matters involving his former employers and clients for four years, two years longer than what was required in the Biden administration’s Ethics Pledge. He also agreed not to seek employment with or compensation, including as a result of board service, from any pharmaceutical or medical device company that he interacts with during his tenure as FDA Commissioner for four years after completing his government service. 
    In December 2020, Senator Elizabeth Warren and Representative Jayapal introduced the Anti-Corruption and Public Integrity Act, the most ambitious anti-corruption legislation since Watergate, which would outlaw corrupt revolving-door schemes so that public servants are serving the public – not the financial interests of themselves or giant corporations.
    In March 2020, President Trump signed the bipartisan Presidential Transition Enhancement Act into law, which included major provisions of Sen. Warren’s (D-Mass.) Transition Team Ethics Improvement Act.
    In September 2019, the Senate passed a key provision of the Transition Team Ethics Improvement Act introduced by Senators Warren and Tom Carper (D-Del.) to enhance the ethics requirements that govern presidential transitions.
    In November 2016, as President Trump prepared to take office, Senator Elizabeth Warren and Chairman Cummings requested a GAO investigation of the chaotic Trump transition. In September 2017, Government Accountability Office (GAO) released the results of the investigation, finding that the Trump transition team ignored advice from the Office of Government Ethics and failed to follow past precedents regarding ethics and presidential transitions.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: CE leads delegation to begin visit to Kuwait (with photos/ videos)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    CE leads delegation to begin visit to Kuwait (with photos/ videos) 
    In the morning, Mr Lee met with the Amir of Kuwait, Mr Meshal Al-Ahmad Al-Jaber Al-Sabah, who is the head of state of Kuwait; the Crown Prince of Kuwait, Mr Sabah Al-Khaled Al-Hamad Al-Mubarak Al-Sabah; and the Acting Prime Minister, Mr Fahad Yousuf Saud Al-Sabah, to exchange views on strengthening co-operation between Hong Kong and Kuwait. Mr Lee then attended a roundtable meeting chaired by the Acting Prime Minister, engaging in in-depth discussions with senior officials of the Kuwait Government on areas such as finance, trade, and innovation and technology (I&T). Mr Lee and the Acting Prime Minister witnessed the signing of Memoranda of Understanding by Invest Hong Kong and the Hong Kong Trade Development Council with the Kuwait Direct Investment Promotion Authority respectively. He and the delegation also participated in a luncheon hosted by the Acting Prime Minister.
     
    Mr Lee noted that Kuwait is the first member of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf (GCC) to sign both an Investment Promotion and Protection Agreement and a Comprehensive Avoidance of Double Taxation Agreement with Hong Kong, establishing a robust framework and foundation for economic and trade co-operation between the two places.
     
    He said that Kuwait has been actively developing a diversified economy in recent years, proposing Kuwait Vision 2035 to promote digital transformation and develop the country into a regional and international financial and trade centre. Hong Kong, as an international financial, shipping and trade centre with world-class professional services, has vast opportunities for co-operation with Kuwait in areas such as finance, investment, digital economy, and I&T, and can assist Kuwait in advancing its Vision 2035. Noting that Kuwait is the rotating President of the GCC currently, Mr Lee expressed his anticipation to strengthen co-operation between Hong Kong and Kuwait, adding that he looks forward to establishing closer economic, trade and cultural exchanges with more GCC member states.
     
    Mr Lee highlighted that Hong Kong enjoys the advantage of connecting the country with the world under the “one country, two systems” principle. Hong Kong will fully leverage its role as a bridge to serve enterprises in going global and attracting external investment, complementing the strengths of Mainland enterprises while deepening international exchanges and co-operation. He welcomed the Kuwaiti Government and enterprises to utilise Hong Kong’s role as a “super connector” and “super value-adder” to explore new opportunities under the Belt and Road Initiative for mutual benefit.
     
    Later, Mr Lee and the delegation met with representatives of a local corporation, Bukhamseen Group Holding Company, to learn about the latest developments in the company’s businesses in construction, real estate, financial services, and culture and tourism. Mr Lee introduced Hong Kong’s development opportunities and its highly internationalised and market-oriented business environment with its pool of professional services talent. He welcomed the company to use Hong Kong as a springboard to develop diversified businesses and tap into the Mainland market, better grasping the immense opportunities brought by the Belt and Road Initiative and the development of the Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area.
     
    Mr Lee then visited the Sheikh Abdullah Al Salem Cultural Centre to learn about Kuwait’s arts and culture projects and developments. The Sheikh Abdullah Al Salem Cultural Centre, which opened in 2018, comprises eight buildings, six of which are museums with different themes, housing a total of 22 display halls.
     
    Mr Lee said that the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (HKSAR) Government is committed to developing Hong Kong into an East-meets-West centre for international cultural exchanges, with the West Kowloon Cultural District as one of the world’s largest arts and culture projects. Both Hong Kong and Kuwait place importance on arts and culture development, and he said he looks forward to further deepening connections and co-operation in cultural exchanges between the two places.
     
    The delegation led by Mr Lee attended a dinner hosted by the Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of the People’s Republic of China to the State of Kuwait, Mr Zhang Jianwei. Mr Lee expressed gratitude to the Embassy for making meticulous arrangements for this visit and for its continued support to the HKSAR Government and the Hong Kong Economic and Trade Office in Dubai. The HKSAR Government will continue to promote economic, trade, and cultural exchanges between Hong Kong and Kuwait.
     
    Mr Lee will lead the delegation to continue its visit to Kuwait tomorrow (May 14), meeting with local political and business leaders, and visiting enterprises.
    Issued at HKT 23:47

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Global: Tax Canadian movies? Why culture has always been at the centre of trade wars

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Sarah E.K. Smith, Canada Research Chair in Art, Culture & Global Relations and Associate Professor, Faculty of Information & Media Studies, Western University

    The United States government recently announced a plan to leverage a 100 per cent tariff on “foreign” films. President Donald Trump explained it was because he wanted to protect the U.S. film industry. He said other reasons include “national security” and “propaganda.”

    The current announcement may seem out of place in trade talks about steel and automobiles. But culture has long been a key part of North American trade relations.

    In my book, Trading on Art: Cultural Diplomacy and Free Trade in North America, I examine how culture became a vital tool for shaping relationships among Canada, Mexico and the United States. I focus on visual art — including exhibitions and museum initiatives — to show how culture is intertwined with the negotiation of free trade in North America.

    A history of cultural negotiations

    In the late 20th century, when Canada negotiated the Canada-United States Free Trade Agreement (later expanded into NAFTA), culture was central to free-trade debates.

    The period was charged with anxiety over American cultural imperialism and concerns about protecting Canadian cultural production. Ultimately, at Canada’s urging, culture was formally exempted from free-trade agreements, with limited provisions focused on cultural industries. But even though the cultural exemption in trade agreements may give the impression that culture has nothing to do with the histories of free trade, my research shows otherwise.

    This exemption isn’t just about protecting markets. Political scientist Patricia Goff says it also comes from a “desire to uphold …a distinct cultural identity.” Culture held a key place in the discussions about the impact of free trade. And it served as a means to construct new geopolitical identities, helping to introduce and reinforce the trade alliance.

    Culture was mobilized in different ways. It functioned as a unifying tool, but also a venue for critique.

    For example, following the creation of NAFTA, the online exhibition Panoramas: The North American Landscape in Art brought together art from Canada, Mexico and the U.S. The show offered a new transnational approach and explored landscapes across the continent.

    Other artworks such as Free Expression by Canadian activist-artists Carole Condé and Karl Beveridge articulated a critical response to impending free trade. Their piece depicts apprehension about the danger of U.S. cultural domination and speaks to the need to protect Canada’s cultural producers.

    Art as a diplomatic tool

    All three governments — of Canada, Mexico and the United States — used art exhibitions as a way to create and share stories about North American unity. While art has long been used for national narratives, this collaboration and these new stories about the North American region were a departure.

    For most of the 20th century, people did not think of North America as a unified or shared cultural entity. Most people saw the Americas as divided between Anglo and Latin America.

    Art was seen as a means to overcome this. It provided a way to support and depict the new alliance between Canada, Mexico and the United States under free trade. Exhibitions offered a way to depict North America in a new perspective. They presented concepts about continental unity to the public.

    During a trip to Canada, President Ronald Reagan, Nancy Reagan, Prime Minister Brian Mulroney and Mila Mulroney sing during a gala performance at Grand Théâtre de Québec in March 1985.
    (Ronald Reagan Library), CC BY

    How could Canada, Mexico and the United States understand themselves as part of a regional group? These art shows worked on many levels. They brought together work that helped make visual, thematic connections. They helped cultural professionals meet and make connections. They helped museums forge relationships.

    On top of that, the exhibitions also provided diplomatic spaces. Many openings celebrated specific moments in bi- and trilateral relationships, creating and facilitating social spaces for diplomatic and government connections.

    In this way, these exhibitions functioned as a form of cultural diplomacy. Some were initiated by governments to mark the economic integration of the continent. Others picked up on new understandings of the continent that were circulating. It was a process, according to American historian Nicholas Cull, by which international relationships became managed through the circulation of “cultural resources and achievements.”

    Art and cultural exchange gave people a meaningful and accessible way to see and understand the growing ties between the three countries. Art also offered a powerful and engaging way to tell the public about North American connections.

    Artistic resistance, critiques of free trade

    These were not the only messages circulating in this period. A body of contemporary art questioned and challenged free trade.

    For many Canadian artists, their work offered a means to question and critique increasing economic integration under free trade. In the 1980s and ‘90s, video art was a particularly active site for such work.

    An affordable medium that was easily disseminated, video art critiqued the media coverage of free trade, reflected on cultural nationalism and advanced experimental narratives about North America. Video art was also deeply tied to the anti-globalization protests that began at the start of the economic integration of North America under free trade.

    Video offered a space for creative expression and documentation of the protests. Video also enhanced protection for activists who were safer because they were recording their encounters with law enforcement. Beyond producing artworks, many artists joined other cultural producers, community and labour organizations to advocate against free trade.

    A behind-the-scenes image from the film shoot for ‘Acknowledgment’ (2020) by Jonathan Elliott.
    (Andrew Williamson for the City of Toronto/Toronto History Museums), CC BY-NC

    The role of culture

    Free-trade agreements radically reshaped the economies and public understandings of the western hemisphere in the late 20th century. Political scientist Guy Poitras argues that North America as a region was invented at this time.

    Culture is often overlooked when considering free-trade histories and dismissed as a form of “soft power.” But the cultural sphere does not sit apart from daily life and political economic concerns. Art and exhibitions from this period offer a rich vantage point on how free trade was perceived and contested. Examination of culture also reveals how it was used to construct a North American identity.

    Culture is not simply an entity to be instrumentalized for international relations, but a key venue in which these relations always play out. In the lead up to the renegotiation of the Canada-United States-Mexico Agreement and amid the current tariff war, the ties between Canada, Mexico and the United States seem fragile. We should pay attention to how culture will be used as a tool to support or fracture these connections.

    Sarah E.K. Smith receives funding from the Canada Research Chairs program, the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council, and Western University. She is affiliated with the North American Cultural Diplomacy Initiative and the International Cultural Relations Research Alliance.

    ref. Tax Canadian movies? Why culture has always been at the centre of trade wars – https://theconversation.com/tax-canadian-movies-why-culture-has-always-been-at-the-centre-of-trade-wars-256022

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI USA: Delivering on the Governor’s Affordability Committments

    Source: US State of New York

    overnor Kathy Hochul is celebrating a FY 2026 New York State Budget that delivers all of the Governor’s affordability commitments and will put thousands of dollars back in the pockets of millions of families on Long Island over the coming year and beyond. These huge wins include drastically expanding the size of New York’s Child Tax Credit, including tripling the credit for children four and under, cutting taxes for 1.2 million middle class Long Islanders, and sending inflation refund checks directly to 1.3 million households on Long Island.

    “The cost of living is too damn high for Long Island families, so I promised to put more money in your pockets — and we got it done,” Governor Hochul said.“Putting thousands of dollars back in the pockets of families means helping Long Islanders afford the rising costs of groceries, raising kids, and just enjoying life. When I said your family is my fight, I meant it – and I’ll never stop fighting for you.”

    The Governor’s FY 2026 Enacted Budget totals $254 billion and does not raise income taxes — all while delivering nearly $4 billion in affordability relief statewide. On Long Island, that means direct benefits for hundreds of thousands of families, workers, and students.

    Expanding New York’s Child Tax Credit
    The FY 2026 State Budget includes Governor Hochul’s plan to give 215,000 Long Island families an annual tax credit of up to $1,000 per child under age four and up to $500 per child from four through sixteen. This is the largest expansion of New York’s Child Tax Credit in its history — benefitting approximately 355,000 children on Long Island. Governor Hochul’s expansion of the credit will significantly increase the size of the average credit going out to families, helping cut child poverty statewide by upward of 8 percent.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: Adding More Affordable Mixed-Use Housing in Brooklyn

    Source: US State of New York

    overnor Kathy Hochul and New York City Mayor Eric Adams today announced the completion of Logan Fountain, a new affordable housing development in the Cypress Hills neighborhood of Brooklyn. The $214 million project transformed a vacant parcel into affordable apartments, transitional housing for homeless families, and new retail space. With 343 total units, the new building includes 173 affordable apartments and 169 units of transitional housing, as well as one unit reserved for a superintendent. The development is a city-state project with investments from New York State Homes and Community Renewal (HCR), New York City Department of Social Services (DSS), and New York City Housing Preservation and Development (HPD). Since the Governor has taken office, HCR has financed over 7,600 affordable homes in Brooklyn. Logan Fountain continues this effort and complements Governor Hochul’s $25 billion five-year housing plan, which is on track to create or preserve 100,000 affordable homes statewide.

    “It’s simple: the only way to address the housing crisis is to build more housing,” Governor Hochul said. “New Yorkers deserve a safe, stable and affordable home. By working together with Mayor Adams and our partners in New York City, we can address the needs of New Yorkers and create the types of modern and sustainable homes that uplift communities and allow families to grow.”

    New York City Mayor Eric Adams said, “Every day, we are working to make New York City more affordable, and our whole-of-government approach is allowing us to partner with Governor Hochul and the state today to deliver over 340 units of affordable and transitional housing. This project will provide exactly the type of long-term stability our families need to help them thrive — providing them access to on-site services, resources, and housing. We are thrilled to open this world-class building with crucial supports and energy efficient designs that will make a lasting impact on hundreds of families, and which will serve as a model for how we can smartly address our decades-long housing crisis.”

    Apartments are available to households earning up to 70 percent of the Area Median Income. Of the 173 affordable apartments, there are 105 supportive apartments with onsite social services including case management, career counseling, mental health support, and referrals to healthcare. Logan Fountain was designed to appeal to families of different sizes and has a mix of studios, one-, two-, and three-bedroom apartments. Additionally, the building includes ground-floor retail, play areas, fitness space, and a courtyard.

    Logan Fountain will also host 169 units of transitional housing for families. Designed with trauma-informed principles, HELP New Leaf will offer critical support for families including clinical care, employment counseling, and housing placement support.

    Logan Fountain’s sustainability measures include rooftop solar panels for on-site energy generation, a Variant Refrigerant Flow heating and cooling system that captures and repurposes heat already in the environment, as well as ENERGY STAR (r) appliances.

    The project to redevelop the vacant site into a mixed-use hub for families was identified in the New York City Department of City Planning’s East New York Neighborhood Plan. The project’s developer is Hudson Companies, Jericho Project is providing the onsite support services, and HELP USA is operating the transitional housing within the building.

    The 173 affordable and supportive apartments at Logan Fountain are supported by HCR’s Federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credit Program which generated nearly $50 million in equity and $18 million of long-term bond financing from its Housing Finance Agency.

    The site is also participating in the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation’s successful Brownfield Cleanup Program and will be eligible for approximately $9 million in tax credits to be issued by the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance. Operational funding for the 105 supportive apartments is being provided by the New York City 15/15 Supportive Housing Program. DSS’s 30-year contract facilitates financing for the development and not-for-profit ownership of the 169 units of transitional housing.

    Additional support included $24 million from HPD’s Supportive Housing Loan Program, $1 million in discretionary capital funding from the New York City Council, and over $150,000 in incentives from the New York State Energy Research and Development Authority.

    New York State Homes and Community Renewal Commissioner RuthAnne Visnauskas said, “HCR’s investment in affordable housing will bring benefits to Brooklyn’s Cypress Hills community for generations to come. With affordable apartments, family-friendly amenities, and energy-efficient features, Logan Fountain demonstrates the potential housing can have on the lives of New Yorkers and the future of our neighborhoods. We thank Governor Hochul for her dedication to addressing the housing crisis in Brooklyn, and we appreciate the continued collaboration and support from City Hall and our partner agencies.”

    NYSERDA President and CEO Doreen Harris said, “Reimagining vacant infrastructure by incorporating the latest sustainable building technologies moves New York State forward in its just and equitable transition to a clean energy economy. The transformation of Logan Fountain will help to meet the diverse, local needs of the Brooklyn community, while creating comfortable, and affordable spaces for future generations.”

    New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Acting Commissioner Amanda Lefton said, “Cleaning up environmental pollution in communities like Brooklyn unlocks investments in critical needs like affordable housing, transitional housing services, and commercial development. New York State’s Brownfield Cleanup Program is a vital tool that supports community revitalization across the state and the Logan Fountain project in Cypress Hills is a prime example of how this successful cleanup program is helping advance Governor Hochul’s continued efforts to increase affordable, sustainable housing statewide while also protecting public health and the environment.”

    New York City Housing Preservation and Development Acting Commissioner Ahmed Tigani said, “Turning a former gas station into the largest project of its kind in New York City with affordable homes, supportive services, and transitional shelter all under one roof shows what real public-private partnership can deliver. Logan Fountain is a powerful example of what’s possible when we rethink how underused land can serve our communities. These 105 supportive homes, along with critical onsite care, reflect a new model for housing that prioritizes stability, dignity, and opportunity.”

    New York City Department of Homeless Services Administrator Joslyn Carter said, “The Logan Fountain is an exemplary project that transforms underutilized city space into much-needed supportive and transitional housing for vulnerable families. At DHS, we are committed to reimagining the shelter system through innovative high-quality models and strong provider partnerships that enhance our delivery of services and strengthen pathways to long-term housing stability for New Yorkers experiencing homelessness. We are grateful to our partners at HELP USA, The Hudson Companies, and others as we continue to raise the bar on the physical infrastructure of our shelter system.”

    U.S. Senator Charles Schumer said, “I’m proud that the federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credit that I worked hard to protect and expand has generated $68 million to help build Logan Fountain in Cypress Hills, Brooklyn — a new development with 174 affordable apartments and a 169-unit family shelter with on-site support services. I applaud Governor Hochul’s efforts to create and preserve affordable homes across the state, especially for vulnerable New Yorkers, and I will continue working to deliver the federal resources needed for more affordable housing options.”

    State Senator Roxanne J. Persaud said, “This is an incredible addition to the Cypress Hills neighborhood. By providing affordable housing alongside comprehensive wraparound services, Logan Fountain sets a standard for how we should address community needs — strengthening families, supporting vulnerable New Yorkers, and building more resilient neighborhoods.”

    Brooklyn Borough President Antonio Reynoso said, “I am thrilled to see what was once a vacant gas station transformed into a vibrant mixed-use facility with more than 300 units of housing, including transitional housing for our most vulnerable neighbors. Logan Fountain’s unique financing embodies the innovative thinking we need more of to make a dent in our housing crisis. I am so thankful to Governor Hochul and NYS Homes and Community Renewal for supporting Logan Fountain and their long-term commitment to building desperately needed housing in Brooklyn.”

    New York City Council Member Sandy Nurse said, “Logan Fountain will bring hundreds of much-needed affordable, supportive, and transitional housing units to Brooklyn. I am particularly grateful that forty-one percent of the units will be family sized units, which will help stem the exodus of primarily Black families from the city. This project will help stabilize those most in need of permanent housing and allow families to put down roots in East New York.”

    Hudson Companies President David Kramer said, “Logan Fountain stands as the largest project of its kind in New York City — a truly groundbreaking achievement that brings much-needed housing and social services to East New York. Today’s ribbon-cutting marks the transformation of a long-vacant site into a vibrant, mixed-use development designed to support and uplift our most vulnerable residents and tackle the city’s housing crisis. We’re deeply grateful to Governor Hochul for her support in bringing this development to life and to The Jericho Project and Help USA for their vital role in delivering these essential social services.

    Jericho Project CEO Tori Lyon said, “Jericho Project is honored to provide support to the 105 families residing in Logan Fountain’s supportive housing complex — a critical initiative made possible through strong public and private partnership. Through our integrated service model – which includes mental health care, employment support, family counseling, and housing stabilization – our experienced staff will help ensure these families have the tools and support necessary to thrive.”

    HELP USA President and CEO Dan Lehman said, “HELP New Leaf Family Shelter at Logan Fountain is a powerful example of what’s possible when the City and State work in true partnership with nonprofits and private developers. This shelter stands on the site of HELP 1 — our very first family shelter — which opened in the 1980s and set a national standard for transitional housing. As we celebrate HELP USA’s 40th anniversary and our work serving more than 30,000 people each year, New Leaf reflects all we’ve learned since then — a new model of care, services, and design built to meet the complex needs of today’s families. Logan Fountain is more than a building — it’s a commitment to dignity, stability, and opportunity for families rebuilding their lives.”

    Governor Hochul’s Housing Agenda
    Governor Hochul is committed to addressing New York’s housing crisis and making the State more affordable and more livable for all New Yorkers. As part of the Fiscal Year FY25 Enacted Budget, the Governor secured a landmark agreement to increase New York’s housing supply through new tax incentives for Upstate communities, new incentives and relief from certain state-imposed restrictions to create more housing in New York City, a $500 million capital fund to build up to 15,000 new homes on state-owned property, an additional $600 million in funding to support a variety of housing developments statewide and new protections for renters and homeowners. In addition, as part of the FY23 Enacted Budget, the Governor announced a five-year, $25 billion Housing Plan to create or preserve 100,000 affordable homes statewide, including 10,000 with support services for vulnerable populations, plus the electrification of an additional 50,000 homes. Nearly 60,000 homes have been created or preserved to date.

    The FY25 Enacted Budget also strengthened the Pro-Housing Community Program which the Governor launched in 2023. Pro-Housing certification is now a requirement for localities to access up to $650 million in discretionary funding. Over 300 communities have currently been certified, including the City of New York.

    MIL OSI USA News